The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPermit L06-043 - HUISH FAMILY FUN CENTERS - FAMILY FUN CENTER DESIGN REVIEWHUISH RETAIL BUILDING FAMILY FUN CENTER 7100 FUN CENTER WAY L06 -043 Project File Number: L06 -043 FAMILY FUN CENTER DESIGN REVIEW City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director TO: Dick Hendry, Applicant John Huish, Owner King County Assessor, Accounting Division Washington State Department of Ecology September 15, 2006 NOTICE OF DECISION This letter serves as a notice of decision and is issued pursuant to TMC 18.104.170 on the following project and permit approval. I. PROJECT INFORMATION Applicant: Dick Hendry Type of Permit Applied for: Administrative Design Review Project Description: Construct a 9700 square feet retail building. Location: 7100 Fun Center Way Associated Files: L03 -043 (Shoreline Substantial Development permit) E97 -0024 Comprehensive Plan Designation/Zoning Commercial Light Industrial (C/LI) District: H. DECISION Steven M. Mullet, Mayor SEPA Determination: The City SEPA Responsible Official has previously determined that the project, as proposed, does not create a probable significant environmental impact and issued a Determination of Non - Significance (DNS). Decision on Substantive Permit: The Community Development Director has determined that the application for a 9700 square feet retail building does comply with applicable City and state code requirements and has approved that application based on the findings and conclusions contained in the staff report. III. YOUR APPEAL RIGHTS Type 2 Permit (except shoreline permits) Initials Page 1 of 3 09/14/2006 3:35:00 PM T: \Links \Docs\L06 - 043 \L06 -043- Huish - NOD.doc 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 1. The name of the appealing party. III. YOUR APPEAL RIGHTS The Decision on this Permit Application is a Type 2 decision pursuant to Tukwila Municipal Code § 18.104.010. Other land use applications related to this project may still be pending. No administrative appeal of a DNS or an EIS is permitted. One administrative appeal to the Board of Architectural Review (BAR) of the Decision on the Permit itself is permitted. A party who is not satisfied with the outcome of the administrative appeal process may file an appeal in King County Superior Court from the BAR decision. IV. PROCEDURES AND TIME FOR APPEALING In order to appeal the Community Development Director's decision on the Permit Application, a written notice of appeal must be filed with the Department of Community Development within 14 days of the issuance of this Decision, that is by September 29, 2006. The requirements for such appeals are set forth in Tukwila Municipal Code 18.116. All appeal materials shall be submitted to the Department of Community Development. Appeal materials MUST include: 2. The address and phone number of the appealing party; and if the appealing party is a corporation, association or other group, the address and phone number of a contact person authorized to receive notices on the appealing party's behalf. 3. A statement identifying the decision being appealed and the alleged errors in the decision, including any specific challenge to an MDNS. 4. The Notice of Appeal shall identify (a) the specific errors of fact or errors in application of the law in the decision being appealed; (b) the harm suffered or anticipated by the appellant, and (c) the relief sought. The scope of an appeal shall be limited to matters or issues raised in the Notice of Appeal. V. APPEAL HEARINGS PROCESS Any administrative appeal regarding the Permit shall be conducted as an open record hearing before the Board of Architectural Review (BAR) based on the testimony and documentary evidence presented at the open record hearing. The BAR decision on the appeal is the City's final decision. Any party wishing to challenge the BAR decision on this application must file an appeal pursuant to the procedures and time limitations set forth in RCW 36.70C. An appeal challenging the DNS may be included in such an appeal. If no appeal of the BAR decision is properly filed in Superior Court within such time limit, the Decision on this permit will be final. The City's decision to issue a DNS is final for this permit and any other pending permit applications for the development of the subject property. Type 2 Permit (except shoreline permits) Initials Page 2 of 3 09/14/2006 3:09:00 PM Q: \Design Review \L06 -043- Huish - NOD.doc Department of Community velopment City of Tukwila • • VI. INSPECTION OF INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATION Project materials including the application, any staff reports, and other studies related to the permits are available for inspection at the Tukwila Department of Community Development, 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100, Tukwila, Washington 98188 from Monday through Friday between 8:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The project planner is Minnie Dhaliwal, who may be contacted at 206 -431- 3685 for further information. Property owners affected by this decision may request a change in valuation for their property tax purposes. Contact the King County Assessor's Office for further information regarding property tax valuation changes. Type 2 Permit (except shoreline permits) Initials Page 3 of 3 09/14/2006 3:09:00 PM Q: \Design Review \L06 -043- Huish - NOD.doc r Comprehensive Plan Designation: Zoning Designation: Staff: Attachments: • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director STAFF REPORT TO THE DIRECTOR DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT September 14, 2006 Project: Retail building next to the Family Fun Center complex. File Number: L06-043 — Administrative Design Review Applicant: Dick Hendry Owner: H2 Offices LLC Request: Administrative Design Review approval to construct a 9,700 square feet retail building. Associated Permits: Administrative Design Review and construction permit. plans. Commercial Light Industrial (C/LI) Commercial Light Industrial (C/LI) Minnie Dhaliwal Site plan, landscape plan, architectural plans and civil Steven M. Mullet, Mayor 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206-431-3670 • Fax: 206-431-3665 I. PROJECT DESCRIPTION II. BACKGROUND • • This project involves construction of a 9,700 square feet retail building along with 83 parking stalls on the last parcel of the three parcel development that includes the Family Fun Center and the Comfort Suites Hotel. The project site is situated on the north side of Interstate 405 between Fun Center Way and the Green River in the City of Tukwila. In 1998, the Family Fun Center applied for and received approval for the development of approximately 14 acres of property. The proposed buildings at that time included a 9,000 square foot restaurant, a 153 room hotel, a 36,300 square foot arcade building and 7 acres of outdoor attractions including miniature golf, bumper boats, batting cages and a go cart track. To accommodate required flood storage capacity a combination of off - channel pond and riverbank cutback with restoration and habitat enhancements were done adjacent to the Green River. Public access was provided by a city trail along the perimeter of the site with connection to a new pedestrian bridge crossing the River. All the work approved under the 1998 permit was completed before the expiration of Shoreline Substantial Development permit (five years) except the development of the third parcel with 9,000 sq. ft. restaurant. The proposal was subsequently changed to a 9,700 square feet building along with 84 parking stalls on the last parcel of the three parcel development. A SEPA addendum was adopted for this revision to the original proposal on August 22, 2003. A new Shoreline Substantial Development permit was approved on October 7, 2003, with an expiration date of October 7, 2005. The request for to extend the deadline from October 7, 2005 to October 7, 2006, was subsequently approved. The Shoreline Substantial Development permit will expire on October 7, 2006, if construction is not commenced by then. This request is for Design Review approval for the construction of the 9700 square feet retail building. The notice of complete application was posted on the site on August 4, 2006, as required under TMC 18.104.090(2). The previous shoreline permit application met all notice requirements including posting and mailing the notice the application. III. DESIGN REVIEW CRITERIA This project is subject to administrative design review approval under Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) Chapter 18.60. In the following discussion the Design Review criterion is shown below in bold, followed by staff's comments. 2 • • 18.60.050 General Review Criteria 1. Relationship of Structure to Site. a. The site should be planned to accomplish a desirable transition with streetscape and to provide for adequate landscaping and pedestrian movement; b. Parking and service areas should be located, designed and screened to moderate the visual impact of large paved areas; c. The height and scale of each building should be considered in relation to the site. a) The existing building is located in the center of the subject site with parking around the building. A concrete pedestrian path is proposed to connect the project site to the sidewalk along Interurban Ave South. A pedestrian connection is also provided from the site to the trail along the river. Plantings are proposed in the perimeter landscape area along Interurban Ave South and along Fun Center Way. b) The building is located such that it breaks up the parking into separate areas thus moderating the visual impact of the large paved area. Further the plantings in the interior landscape islands and perimeter landscape areas help moderate the visual impact of the large paved areas. c) The proposed addition is a one -story building and the highest peak element of the facade is at 29' -6 ". The maximum height allowed in the Commercial Light Industrial (C/LI) zone is 4 stories or 45 feet. 2. Relationship of Structure and Site to Adjoining Area. a. Harmony on texture, lines and masses is encouraged; b. Appropriate landscape transition to adjoining properties should be provided; c. Public buildings and structures should be consistent with the established neighborhood character; d. Compatibility of vehicular pedestrian circulation patterns and loading facilities in terms of safety, efficiency and convenience should be encouraged; e. Compatibility of on -site vehicular circulation with street circulation should be encouraged. The existing building is about 22 feet in height and is located in the center of the site with parking along the perimeter. The site is accessed from Fun Center Way, which is an existing private road and connects with Interurban Ave South. A pedestrian walkway is proposed from the sidewalk along Interurban Ave to the building. Also, a pedestrian path connects the site to the existing trail along the river. 3 • • Perimeter landscaping will be provided along Interurban Ave South, Fun Center Way and along the trail. The design of the building including the materials and colors of the proposed building are consistent with the adjoining Comfort Suites and Family Fun Center buildings. The site is accessed from Fun Center Way, which is the existing road that provides access to Comfort Suites and Family Fun Center property. No direct access is proposed from Interurban Ave South and no changes are proposed to Fun Center Way. 3. Landscaping and Site Treatment. a. Where existing topographic patterns contribute to beauty and utility of a development, they should be recognized, preserved and enhanced; b. Grades of walks, parking spaces, terraces and other paved areas should promote safety and provide an inviting and stable appearance; c. Landscape treatment should enhance architectural features, strengthen vistas and important axis, and provide shade; d. In locations where plants will be susceptible to injury by pedestrian or motor traffic, mitigating steps should be taken; e. Where building sites limit planting, the placement of trees or shrubs in paved areas is encouraged; f Screening of service yards, and other places which tend to be unsightly, should be accomplished by use of walls, fencing, planting or combination; g. In areas where general planting will not prosper, other materials such as fences, walls and paving of wood, brick, stone or gravel may be used; h. Exterior lighting, when used, should enhance the building design and the adjoining landscape. Lighting standards and fixtures should be of a design and size compatible with the building and adjacent area. Lighting should be shielded, and restrained in design. Excessive brightness and brilliant colors should be avoided. Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) Section 18.52.020, requires 12.5 sq ft of landscaping along front and second front yards and 5 feet along sides. The proposed landscaping along the existing Green River trail is similar to the landscaping along the rest of the trail and meets the minimum 5 feet requirement. Also, the landscaping along Interurban Ave South meets the minimum requirement of 12.5 feet and includes trees, shrubs and groundcover. However the landscaping along Fun Center Way is approved under the landscape buffer averaging requirements listed under TMC 18.52.020. TMC 18.52.020, allows landscape perimeter to be averaged if the total required square footage is achieved if all of the following criteria are met: • • a) Plant material can be clustered to more effectively screen parking areas and blank building walls. b) Perimeter averaging enables significant trees or existing built features to be retained. c) Perimeter averaging is used to reduce the number of driveways and curb cuts and allow joint use of parking facilities between neighboring businesses. d) Width of the perimeter landscaping is not reduced to the point that activities on the site become a nuisance to neighbors. e) Averaging does not diminish the quality of the site landscape as a whole. In order to satisfy the landscape buffer averaging criteria, the proposal was revised to provide additional landscaping within public right -of -way along Fun Center Way. The visual effect of the proposed landscaping within public right -of -way is similar to on -site landscaping. It effectively screens the parking areas, the width of parking is not reduced such that it becomes a nuisance to neighbors and averaging does not diminish the quality of the site landscape as a whole. Landscaping is also used to screen the trash enclosure and the existing sewer lift station. Lighting is proposed to provide adequate lighting in the parking areas and will be shielded. 4. Building Design. a. Architectural style is not restricted, evaluation of a project should be based on quality of its design and relationship to its surroundings; b. Buildings should be to appropriate scale and in harmony with permanent neighboring developments; c. Building components such as windows, doors, eaves, and parapets should have good proportions and relationship to one another. Building components and ancillary parts shall be consistent with anticipated life of the structure; d. Colors should be harmonious, with bright or brilliant colors used only for accent; e. Mechanical equipment or other utility hardware on roof ground or buildings should be screened from view; f Exterior lighting should be part of the architectural concept. Fixtures, standards, and all exposed accessories should be harmonious with building design; g. Monotony of design in single or multiple buildings projects should be avoided. Variety of detail, form and siting should be used to provide visual interest. • • The proposed building borrows the architectural style, materials and colors from the adjoining Family Fun Center and Comfort Suites building. It is designed as a single story building with the average height of 21'6" with certain portions of the roof line at 29'6 ". The facade of the proposed building is well modulated with use of different materials and textures. The proposed materials include stucco, split face CMU and corrugated metal paneling. Further the facades are modulated with windows and a blue awning is proposed above the windows. The proposed colors are similar to the colors of the adjacent Comfort Suites building. HVAC equipment shall be screened by the parapet of the building and shall be painted the same color as the building to minimize visibility. S. Miscellaneous Structures and Street Furniture. a. Miscellaneous structures and street furniture should be designed to be part of the architectural concept of design and landscape. Materials should be compatible with buildings, scale should be appropriate, colors should be in harmony with buildings and surroundings, and proportions should be to scale; b. Lighting in connection with miscellaneous structures and street furniture should meet the guidelines applicable to site, landscape and buildings. Bicycle parking spaces have been provided to meet the minimum parking requirements. A separate sign permit application will be required to install any signs. The elevations show the proposed location of the future signs. The proposed signs shall meet all sign code requirements and shall be consistent with the architecture of the building. The trash enclosure is proposed as a CMU wall to match the materials used in the main building. The materials proposed for the enclosure around the existing sewer lift station are CMU blocks and stucco. CONCLUSIONS (1) Relationship of Structure to Site. The structure is located in the center of the subject site with parking around the building. It is a one -story building and meets all TMC height and setback requirements. A concrete pedestrian path connects the site to the sidewalk along Interurban Ave South and the pedestrian trail along the river. (2) Relationship of Structure and Site to Adjoining Area. The existing building is about 22 feet in height and is located in the center of the site with parking along the perimeter. The site is accessed from Fun Center Way, which is an existing private road and connects with Interurban Ave South. The design of the building including the materials and colors of the proposed building are consistent with the adjoining Comfort Suites and Family Fun Center buildings. (3) (4) Building Design. The proposed building is consistent with the architectural style, materials and colors of the adjoining Family Fun Center and Comfort Suites building. The facade of the proposed building is well modulated with use of different materials and textures. HVAC equipment shall be screened by the parapet of the building and shall be painted the same color as the building to minimize visibility. (5) Landscaping and Site Treatment. Perimeter landscaping is provided along the Interurban Ave and the Green River. The landscaping along Fun Center Way is approved under the buffer averaging provisions. The interior parking lot landscaping helps break up the paved areas. Miscellaneous Structures and Street Furniture. The proposed miscellaneous structures are compatible with the design of the building. The trash enclosure and the enclosure around the existing sewer lift station are proposed to match the materials used in the main building. Bicycle parking spaces have been provided to meet the minimum parking requirements. A separate sign permit application will be required to install any signs. The proposed signs shall meet all sign code requirements and shall be consistent with the architecture of the building. RECOMMENDATIONS Staff recommends approval of the Design Review application. 7 Dept. Of Community Development City of Tukwila AFFIDAVIT.OF DISTRIBUTION I, HEREBY DECLARE THAT: Notice of Public Hearing Determination of Non-Significance Notice of Public. Meeting. Mitigated Determination of Non- Significance Board of Adjustment Agenda Pkt Determination of Significance & Scoping Notice Board of Appeals Agenda Pkt Notice of Action Project Name: k, Planning Commission Agenda Pkt Official Notice Short Subdivision Agenda Project Number: t0 6- Notice of Application Shoreline Mgmt Permit Notice of Application for Shoreline Mgmt Permit . __ FAX To Seattle Times Classifieds Mail: Gail Muller Classifieds PO Box 70 - Seattle WA 98111 ,, Other NOM CA-- off- 1), jsi ti N o0 v.,..0 & to , %.1) Project Name: k, r Project Number: t0 6- Mailer's Signature: Person requesting mailing: i &.i U d 1T 4)f t Was mailed to each of the addresses listed on this 15 day of in : the year 204 2 P:GINAWYNETTA/FORMS /AFFIDAVIT -MAIL 08/29/003:31 PM August 18, 2006 Dear Mr. Hendry: Sincerely, Rfan D. Larson, P.E. Senior Engineer RDL: ad cc: 1611 Mosqueda (P:alicelFamily Fun Court 9ioswk) • PERMANENT FILE COPY city oJ'Tukwila Mr. Dick Hendry 7200 Fun Center Way #241 Tukwila, WA 98168 Subject: Bio -swale Modifications I have reviewed your letter dated August 16, 2006, concerning modifying an existing bio- swale. This modification is approved provided that any loss of area on one side is compensated with an equal or greater area added to the other side. Some minor grading of the swale may need to be done to ensure that the function of the swale is maintained. If you have any questions or concerns on this issue, please call me at (206) 431 -2456. Steven M Mullet, Mayor Department of Public Works James E Morrow, P.E., Director LoG- 04_3 - ,00(0 - a [ s 6300 Southcenter Boulevard. Suite #100 • Tukwila. Washington 98188 • Phone! 206 -433 -0170 • Far. 206 -431 -3M5 s r � State of Washington County of King City of Tukwila CITY OF TUKWILA Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 FAX (206) 431 -3665 E mail: tu kpIan'oci.t ila.wa.us AFFIDAVIT OF INSTALLATION AND POSTING OF PUBLIC INFORMATION SIGN(S) I (PRINT NAME) understand that Section 18.104.110 of the Tukwila Municipal Code requires me to post the property no later than fourteen (14) days following the issuance of the Notice of Completeness. I certify that on the Public Notice Board(s) in accordance with Section 18.104.110 and the other applicable guidelines were posted on the property located at so as to be clearly seen from each right -of -way primary vehicular access to the property for application file number I herewith authorize the City of Tukwila or its representative to remove and immediately dispose of the sign at the property owner's expense, if not removed in a timely manner or within fourteen (14) days of a Notice letter. On this day personally appeared before me to me known to be the individual who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged that he /she signed the same as his /her voluntary act and deed for the uses and purposes mentioned therein. SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this day of , 20 P: \Planning Forms \Applications \SignSpecHandout - June 2006.doc June 19, 2006 Applicant or Project Manager's Signature NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Washington residing at o r � f' My commission expires on Ciiy of Tukwila Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director NOTICE OF APPLICATION DATED AUGUST 4, 2006 • The following applications have been submitted to the City of Tukwila Department of Community Development for review and decision. APPLICANT: Dick Hendry LOCATION: 7100 Fun Center Way OWNER OF THE PROPERTY:John M. Huish FILE NUMBERS: L06 -043 (Administrative Design Review). PROPOSAL: The proposal is to construct a 9700 square feet of office /retail building. OTHER REQUIRED PERMITS: Development Permit These files can be reviewed at the Department of Community Development, 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA. Please call (206) 431 -3670 to ensure that the file(s) will be available. OPPORTUNITY FOR PUBLIC COMMENT Steven M. Mullet, Mayor You can submit comments on this application. You must submit your comments regarding Administrative Design Review application in writing to the Department of Community Development by 5:00 p.m. on August 18, 2006. If you have questions about this proposal contact Minnie Dhaliwal, Planner -in- charge of this file. Anyone who submits written comments will become parties of record and will be notified of any decision on this project. APPEALS You may request a copy of any decision on this project or obtain information on your appeal rights by contacting the Department of Community Development at 206 -431- 3670. The decision related to the Administrative Design review is made by the Director of Community Development and may be appealed to the Board of Architectural Review. The Department will provide you with information on appeals if you are interested. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 - 3670 • Fax: 206- 431 -3665 August 1, 2006 Dick Hendry 7200 Fun Center Way Tukwila WA 98188 • SD City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director Re: H2 LLC Office /Retail Building at 7100 Fun Center Way; File Numbers - Administrative Design Review (L06 -043). Dear Mr. Hendry: Based on review of your application for a 9,700 sq. ft. building at 7100 Fun Center Way, your application was determined complete. The next step is to install a notice board at the site Please refer to the attached handout on public notice sign specifications and who to contact for installing the sign. If you decide to go through Fast Sign, then please provide the following information along with $365 fee to them: Project Name: H2 LLC Office/Retail Building File Number: L06 -043 Permit Action:Administrative Design Review for a 9,700 sq. ft. office /retail building. Once the sign has been installed, then contact me and I will go post the laminated sign on the board. Further based on the code related review of your application please address the following items: Steven M Mullet, Mayor 1) Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) Section 18.52.020, requires 12.5 sq ft of landscaping along front and second front yards and 5 feet along sides. The proposed site layout does not provide any landscaping along a portion of the property line along Fun Center Way. TMC 18.52.020, allows landscape perimeter to be averaged if the total required square footage is achieved if all of the following criteria are met: a) Plant material can be clustered to more effectively screen parking areas and blank building walls. b) Perimeter averaging enables significant trees or existing built features to be retained. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206- 431 =3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • c) Perimeter averaging is used to reduce the number of driveways and curb cuts and allow joint use of parking facilities between neighboring businesses. d) Width of the perimeter landscaping is not reduced to the point that activities on the site become a nuisance to neighbors. e) Averaging does not diminish the quality of the site landscape as a whole. In order to satisfy the landscape buffer averaging criteria, one option may be to provide additional landscaping within public right -of -way. Please confirm that you plan on providing additional landscaping and will be responsible for its maintenance. The landscape plan must be revised to show the additional landscaping. 2. Per TMC 18.60.050(B)(5), the screening around the existing sewer lift station must be revised so that the materials and colors used for screening are compatible with the proposed building. 3. Per TMC 18.60.050 (B)(1), provide a paved pedestrian walkway from the new public sidewalk along Interurban Avenue to the entrance of the building. Once I get confirmation from you on the above listed items I can prepare the staff report for Design Review application with a recommendation of approval subject to above listed three conditions. The Design Review decision can be issued after 14 -day comment period for the public notice is over. Also, prior to the issuance of the building permit, you will need to submit revised drawings reflecting how you meet the above listed three items. If you have any further questions, you can reach me at 206 - 431 -3685. Sincerely, L. /44-f---e 6/(— Minnie Dhaliwal Senior Planner Project: M` st P--e-4 p, Address: Date transmitted: LA- - .p WN r Response requested by: ` , L 1 , J �"" l i Staff coordinator: b(,L ,0 .--1 Date response received: pis I City of Tukwila Department of Community Development File Number Lo' LAND USE PERMIT ROUTING FORM TO: Building Planning _ Public Works REVIEWERS: Please specify how the attached plans conflict with your ADOPTED development regulations, including citations. Be specific in describing the types of changes you want made to the plans. When referencing codes, please identify the actual requirement and plan change needed. The Planning Division review does not supplant each department's ability to administer its own regulations and permits. However, project consistency at the Planning review stage is important to minimize significant later design changes. More than minimal design changes require further Planning Commission review, even if alteration is required to satisfy a City requirement. This further review is typically a minimum 60 -day process. Requirements based on SEPA (e.g., not required by an adopted development regulation) MUST identify the impact being mitigated, the policy basis for requiring mitigation, and the method used to calculate the mitigation required. Calculations of project impacts and the mitigation required (e.g., water capacity, road level of service analyses, or turning analyses) may be required of the applicant. I Plan check date: - 21_0 Co COMMENTS (Attach additional comment sheets and/or support materials as needed.) i r ) (,OVN.Lxs c 4 - ; s k'1 V�� Comments prepared by 1 Fire Dept. Dept. '.,,_ Police Dept. Parks /Rec {Update date: r r CITY OF TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS PROJECT REVIEW COMMENTS www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Development Guidelines and Design and Construction Standards Permit #: L06 -043 Design Review Project Name: Huish Retail Building 7100 Fun Center Way Review #: NA Date: 07.10.2006 Reviewer: L. Jill Mosqueda, P.E. The City Of Tukwila Public Works Department (PW) has the following comments regarding the above permit application. Please contact me at 206.431.2449, if you have any questions. Applicant shall provide written approval from Ryan Larson, Sr., Surface Water Engineer, for the work shown on the swale. In previous submittals for this project, this work was shown and I believe the Applicant received approval to reshape the swale. The work was not done. The Applicant must provide proof of approval for the work. Projects /L06 -043 DR #1 1 Project: , S (r`- Q -e . Pj Address: I 1 OLD -t-"" (-0, Date transmitted: LA- ---L- v � 2)11( Response requested by: ` J l , /A10 Staff coordinator: bt j Date response received: I Plan check date: City of Tukwila Department of Community Development LAND USE PERMIT ROUTING FORM TO: Building Planning Public Works REVIEWERS: Please specify how the attached plans conflict with your ADOPTED development regulations, including citations. Be specific in describing the types of changes you want made to the plans. When referencing codes, please identify the actual requirement and plan change needed. The Planning Division review does not supplant each department's ability to administer its own regulations and permits. However, project consistency at the Planning review stage is important to minimize significant later design changes. More than minimal design changes require further Planning Commission review, even if alteration is required to satisfy a City requirement. This further review is typically a minimum 60 -day process. Requirements based on SEPA (e.g., not required by an adopted development regulation) MUST identify the impact being mitigated, the policy basis for requiring mitigation, and the method used to calculate the mitigation required. Calculations of project impacts and the mitigation required (e.g., water capacity, road level of service analyses, or turning analyses) may be required of the applicant. k 41 -e7 cc.. COMMENTS (Attach additional comment sheets and/or support materials as needed.) mammy Comments prepared by 7 x 1 X G ILY 67 � G ) lCll Q /l LO W a e_ Ate o(.c61 c a nen RECEIVED JUN 3 0 2006 TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS Update date: File Number il3'6 _o43 Fire Dept. Police Dept. Parks /Rec TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE 2. In addition to the following requirements, the Director may require specific measures not listed to ensure that all impacts with reduced parking are mitigated. Any spillover parking which cannot be mitigated to the satisfaction of the Director will serve as the basis for denial. A reduction may be allowed, pursuant to either an Administrative variance or requests to the Planning Commission, after: a. All shared parking strategies are explored. b. On -site park and ride opportunities are fully explored. c. The site is in compliance with the City's commute trip reduction ordinance or, if not an affected employer as defined by the City's ordinance, agrees to become affected. d. The site is at least 300 feet away from a single - family residential zone. e. A report is submitted providing a basis for less parking and mitigation necessary to offset any negative effects. C. Process: 1. An applicant shall submit evidence that decreased parking will not have a negative impact on surrounding properties or potential future uses. This may take the form of a brief report for administrative variances. Decreases in excess of 10% must be made to the Planning Commission. The Director may require additional studies to ensure that negative impacts are properly mitigated. A complete and detailed Parking Demand study is required for requests reviewed by the Planning Commission. 2. All site characteristics should be described in report, including a. Site accessibility for transit. b. Site proximity to transit, with 15- to 30- minute headways. c. Shared use of on -site parking. d. Shared use of off-site parking. e. Combined on -site parking. f. Employee density. g Adjacent land uses. D. Review: Applications for Administrative Variances for reductions below minimum parking requirements between 1% and 10% shall be processed as Type 2 decisions, pursuant to TMC 18.108.020. Applications for reductions from minimum parking requirements in excess of 10% shall be processed as Type 4 decisions, pursuant to TMC 18.108.040, including a hearing before the Planning Commission. (Ord. 1795 §2(part), 1997) Page 18 -118 Chapter 18.60 BOARD OF ARCHITECTURAL REVIEW Sections: 18.60.010 18.60.020 18.60.030 18.60.040 18.60.050 18.60.060 18.60.070 Purpose and objectives Membership Scope of authority Application requirements Design review criteria Commercial redevelopment areas approval procedures and criteria Action by Board of Architectural Review 18.60.010 Purpose and Objectives It is the purpose of this chapter to provide for the review by public officials of land development and building design in order to promote the public health, safety and welfare. Specifically, the Board of Architec- tural Review ( "BAR ") and DCD Director shall only approve well- designed developments that are creative and harmonious with the natural and manmade envi- ronments. Throughout this chapter, any reference to the Board or BAR shall also include the DCD Director in the case of administrative design review. (Ord. 2005 §16, 2002; Ord. 1865 §49, 1999; Ord. 1758 §1(part), 1995) 18.60.020 Membership The Board of Architectural Review shall consist of the members of the Planning Commission. The offi- cers of the Planning Commission shall also sit as officers of the Board of Architectural Review. (Ord. 1758 §1(part), 1995) 18.60.030 Scope of Authority A. The rules and regulations of the Board of Architectural Review shall be the same as those stated for the Planning Commission in the bylaws of the Tukwila Planning Commission. B. Projects meeting the thresholds for administrative design review will be reviewed by the DCD Director. All other projects requiring design review approval will be reviewed by the BAR. The Board and the DCD Director shall have the authority to approve, approve with conditions, or deny all plans submitted based on a clear demonstration of compliance with all of the guidelines of this chapter. C. Design review is required for the following described land use actions: 1. All developments will be subject to design review with the following exceptions: a. Developments exempted in the various districts, b. Developments in LI, HI, MIC /L, MIC /H and TVS districts, except when within 300 feet of residential districts or within 200 feet of the Printed February 2005 Printed February 2005 Green /Duwamish River or that require a shoreline permit; 2. Any exterior repair, reconstruction, cosmetic alterations or improvements, if the cost of that work equals or exceeds 10% of the building's assessed valuation (for costs between 10% and 25 %, the changes will be reviewed administratively); a. for sites whose gross building square footage exceeds 10,000 square feet in MUO, 0, RCC, NCC, RC, RCM, TUC and C /LI zoning districts; and b. for any site in the NCC, MUO or RC zoning districts in the Tukwila International Boulevard corridor (see TMC Figure 18 -9). 3. Development applications using the procedures of 18.60.60, Commercial Redevelopment Area. D. For development in the NCC, RC, and MUO zones within the Tukwila International Boulevard corridor, identified in TMC Figure 18 -9, certain landscaping and setback standards may be waived and conditioned, upon approval of plans by the BAR, in accordance with criteria and guidelines in the Tukwila International Boulevard Design Manual, as amended. Landscaping and setback standards may not be waived on commercial property sides adjacent to residential districts. E. No changes shall be made to approved designs without further BAR or Director approval and consideration of the change in the context of the entire project; except that the Director is authorized to approve minor, insignificant modifications which have no impact on the project design. (Ord. 2005 §17, 2002; Ord. 1865 §50, 1999; Ord. 1758 §1(part), 1995) 18.60.040 Application Requirements All applications shall be accompanied by a filing fee as required in the Application Fees chapter of this title and shall include, but are not limited to, site plans, exterior building elevations, an environmental checklist if applicable, and other materials as required by the DCD. Models and /or photo montages shall be required for multi - family projects over six (6) dwelling units. Exemptions for minor projects may be granted by the Director. Minor projects shall include, but not be limited to, new interior garages, dumpster screening, and other changes which have no significant affect on project design. Building permit applications shall not be granted until approval of plans by the BAR. (Ord. 1758 §1(part), 1995) 18.60.050 Design Review Criteria A. Generally. The BAR is authorized to request and rely upon any document, guideline, or other con- sideration it deems relevant or useful to satisfy the purpose and objectives of this chapter, specifically including but not limited to the following criteria. The TITLE 18 — ZONING applicant shall bear the full burden of proof that the pro- posed development plans satisfy all of the criteria. The BAR may modify a literal interpretation of the design review criteria if, in their judgment such modifications better implement the Comprehensive Plan goals and poles -s. ommercial and Light Industrial Design Criteria. The following criteria shall be con- sidered in all cases, except that multi - family, hotel or motel developments, outside of the Tukwila Interna - tional Boulevard corridor, shall use the multi - family, hotel and motel design review criteria, and develop- ments within the MUO, NCC and RC districts of the Tukwila International Boulevard corridor (see Figure 18 -9) shall use the Tukwila International Boulevard design review criteria of this chapter instead: 1. RELATIONSHIP OF STRUCTURE TO SITE. a. The site should be planned to accom- plish a desirable transition with streetscape and'fo pro- vide for adequate landscaping and pedestrian move- , ment. . b. Parking and service areas ould be located, designed and screened to moderat the visual impact of large paved areas. / c. The height and scale of‘ch building should be considered in relation to the site. 2. RELATIONSHIP OF STRUCTURE AND SITE TO ADJOINING AREA. a. Harrndny on texture, lines and masses is encouraged. b. Appropriate lane: ape transition to adjoining properties should be vided. c. Public buildings and str ures should be consistent with the established ne borhood char- acter. d. Compatibility o vehicular pedestrian circulation patterns and loadpag facilities in terms of safety, efficiency and convenience should be encour- aged. e. Compatibility of on -site vehicular cir- culation with street circulation should be encouraged. 011--- 3. LANDSCAPING AND SITE TREATMENT. a. Where existing to graphic patterns contribute to beauty and utility of development, they should be recognized, preserve an enhanced. b. Grades of walks, arking spaces, ter- races and other paved areas shwa d promote safety and provide an inviting and stable appearance. c. Landscape treafinent should enhance architectural features, strengthen vistas and important axis, and provide shade. d. In locations wher4lants will be sus- ceptible to injury by pedestrian ovfnotor traffic, mitigat- ing steps should be taken. e. Where buildng sites limit planting, the placement of trees or shruj�� in paved areas is encour- aged. / Page 18 -119 o TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE f. Screening of service ya ds, and other places that tend to be unsightly, sho'uld be accom- plished by use of walls, fencing, punting or combina- tion. g In areas where g eral planting will not prosper, other materials suc as fences, walls and pavings of wood, brick, stone or gravel may be used. h. Exterior lighting, when used, should enhance the building design and thy adjoining land- scape. Lighting standards and fixtjfes should be of a design and size compatible with the building and adja- cent area. Lighting should be sl1ielded, and restrained in design. Excessive brightness and brilliant colors should be avoided. 4. BUILDING DESIGN. a. Architectural st e is not restricted; evaluation of a project should b based on quality of its design and relationship to its surroundings. b. Buildings should /be to appropriate scale and in harmony with permanent neighboring developments. c. Building components such as win- dows, doors, eaves, and parap s should have good proportions and relationship p one another. Building components and ancillary parts shall be consistent with anticipated life of the structure. d. Colors should be harmonious, with bright or brilliant colors used only for acct. e. Mechanical equipmenyor other utility hardware on roof, ground or buildings should be screened from view. f. Exterior lighting sho Id be part of the architectural concept. Fixtures standards, and all exposed accessories should be rmonious with build- ing design. g. Monotony of desi in single or mul- tiple buildings projects should b avoided. Variety of detail, form and siting should used to provide visual interest. Page 18 -120 r 5. MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES AND STREET FURNITURE. a. Miscellaneous structures and street furniture should be designed to be part of the architec- tural concept of design and landscape. Materials should be compatible with buildings, scale should be appro- priate, colors should be in harmony with buildings and surroundings, and proportions should be to scale. b. Lighting in connection with miscella- neous structures and street furniture should meet the guidelines applicable to site, landscape and buildings. C. Multi Family, Hotel and Motel Design Review Criteria. In reviewing any multi - family, hotel or motel application the following criteria shall be used by the BAR in its decision making as well as the Multi- Family Design Manual. 1. SITE PLANNING. a. Building siting, architecture, and land- scaping shall be integrated into and blend harmo- niously with the neighborhood building scale, natural environment, and development characteristics as envisioned in the Comprehensive Plan. For instance, a multi - family development's design need not be har- moniously integrated with adjacent single - family struc- tures if that existing single - family use is designated as "Commercial" or "High Density Residential" in the Comprehensive Plan. However, a "Low Density Res- idential" (detached single - family) designation would require such harmonious design integration. b. Natural features which contribute to desirable neighborhood character shall be preserved to the maximum extent possible. Natural features include, but are not limited to, existing significant trees and stands of trees, wetlands, streams, and significant topographic features. c. The site plan shall use landscaping and building shapes to form an aesthetically pleasing and pedestrian scale streetscape. This shall include, but not be limited to facilitating pedestrian travel along the street, using architecture and landscaping to provide a desirable transition from streetscape to the building, and providing an integrated linkage from pedestrian and vehicular facilities to building entries. d. Pedestrian and vehicular entries shall provide a high quality visual focus using building siting, shapes, and landscaping. Such a feature establishes a physical transition between the project and public areas, and establishes the initial sense of high quality development. e. Vehicular circulation design shall min- imize driveway intersections with the street. f. Site perimeter design (i.e. landscaping, structures, and horizontal width) shall be coordinated with site development to ensure a harmonious transi- tion between adjacent projects. g. Varying degrees of privacy for the individual residents shall be provided; increasing from the public right-of-way, to common areas, to individual residences. This can be accomplished through the use of symbolic and actual physical barriers to define the degrees of privacy appropriate to specific site area func- tions. h. Parking and service areas shall be located, designed, and screened to interrupt and reduce the visual impact of large paved areas; i. The height, bulk, footprint, and scale of each building shall be in harmony with its site and adjacent long -term structures. 2. BUILDING DESIGN. a. Architectural style is not restricted, evaluation of a project shall be based on the quality of its design and its ability to harmonize building texture, shape, lines and mass with the surrounding neighbor- hood. b. Buildings shall be of appropriate height, scale, and design /shape to be in harmony with those existing permanent neighboring developments Printed February 2005 which are consistent with, or envisioned in, the Com- prehensive Plan. This will be especially important for perimeter structures. Adjacent structures that are not in conformance with the Comprehensive Plan should be considered to be transitional. The degree of architec- tural harmony required should be consistent with the non - conforming structure's anticipated permanence. c. Building components, such as win- dows, doors, eaves, parapets, stairs and decks shall be integrated into the overall building design. Particular emphasis shall be given to harmonious proportions of these components with those of adjacent develop- ments. Building components and ancillary parts shall be consistent with the anticipated life of the structure. d. The overall color scheme shall work to reduce building prominence and shall blend in with the natural environment. e. Monotony of design in single or mul- tiple building projects shall be avoided. Variety of detail, form, and siting shall be used to provide visual interest. Otherwise monotonous flat walls and uni- form vertical planes of individual buildings shall be broken up with building modulation, stairs, decks, railings, and focal entries. Multiple building develop- ments shall use siting and additional architectural variety to avoid inappropriate repetition of building designs and appearance to surrounding properties. 3. LANDSCAPE AND SITE TREATMENT. a. Existing natural topographic patterns and significant vegetation shall be reflected in project design when they contribute to the natural beauty of the area or are important to defining neighborhood identity or a sense of place. b. Landscape treatment shall enhance existing natural and architectural features, help separate public from private spaces, strengthen vistas and important views, provide shade to moderate the affects of large paved areas, and break up visual mass. c. Walkways, parking spaces, terraces, and other paved areas shall promote safety and provide an inviting and stable appearance. Direct pedestrian linkages to the public street, to on -site recreation areas, and to adjacent public recreation areas shall be pro- vided. d. Appropriate landscape transition to adjoining properties shall be provided. 4. MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES. a. Miscellaneous structures shall be designed as an integral part of the architectural concept and landscape. Materials shall be compatible with buildings, scale shall be appropriate, colors shall be in harmony with buildings and surroundings, and struc- ture proportions shall be to scale. b. The use of walls, fencing, planting, berms, or combinations of these shall accomplish screening of service yards, and other places that tend to be unsightly. Screening shall be effective in winter and summer. Printed February 2005 TITLE 18 — ZONING c. Mechanical equipment or other utility hardware on roof, ground or buildings shall be screened from view. Screening shall be designed as an integral part of the architecture (i.e., raised parapets and fully enclosed under roof) and landscaping. d. Exterior lighting standards and fixtures shall be of a design and size consistent with safety, building architecture and adjacent area. Lighting shall be shielded, and restrained in design with no off -site glare spill over. Excessive brightness and brilliant colors shall not be used unless clearly demonstrated to be integral to building architecture. D. Tukwila International Boulevard Design Review Criteria. In reviewing any application for development, in the MUO, NCC, and RC districts within the Tukwila International Boulevard study area (see Figure 18 -9), the design criteria and guidelines of the Tukwila International Boulevard Design Manual, as amended, shall be used by the BAR in Its decision making. E. Parking Structure Design Guidelines. The Parking Structure Design Guidelines shall be used whenever the provisions of this Title require a design review decision on proposed or modified parking struc- tures." (Ord. 1986 §16, 2001; Ord. 1865 §51, 1999; Ord. 1758 §1(part), 1995) 18.60.060 Commercial Redevelopment Areas Approval Procedures and Criteria The intent of this section is to create a more uniform commercial district along the Tukwila International Boulevard corridor that serves the space needs of mixed use or commercial development that fronts on Tukwila International Boulevard, to allow and create developments that are designed and built to better buffer the negative impacts of the commercial district on the adjacent residential neighborhoods, to better integrate, where appropriate, the mixed use or commercial developments with the adjacent residential neighborhoods. Development within the four identified commercial redevelopment areas that is not in accordance with the requirements of the underlying zone's uses and standards may be approved by the BAR if the development complies with the following criteria. 1. Uses allowed. The permitted and accessory uses shall be those of the adjacent commercial district to which the residentially zoned properties are being aggregated. 2. Standards. The basic development standards shall be those of the adjacent commercial district to which the site is being aggregated and the standards for the uses that are being proposed. 3. Approval procedure. a. In a Commercial Redevelopment Area, the BAR must review and approve any development proposal, that is not in keeping with the Page 18 -121 TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODE underlying zone, per the Tukwila International Boulevard Design Manual and the intent and criteria of this section. b. The development must include at least one parcel that fronts on Tukwila International Boulevard and any number of additional adjacent parcels within the commercial redevelopment areas. (Exception: Commercial use of property in Site 2, in the block bounded by 42 Av. S., S. 144 St. Tukwila International Boulevard and S. 142 St., must aggregate with the property on the north side S. 142 St.) c. The following criteria from the Tukwila International Boulevard Design Manual are augmented to include the following intent: (1) to create streetscapes that are similar in setback, landscape and building heights where development occurs across from single - family residential; (2) to create architecture that is compatible with desired residential character and scale where development occurs adjacent to residential: 1. Site Design D. Continuity of Sites with Adjacent Sites G. Siting and Screening of Service Yards 2. Building Design B. Architectural Relationships 3. Landscape Design A2. Landscape design (Ord. 1865 §53, 1999) 18.60.070 Action by Board of Architectural Review A. APPROVAL. Projects meeting the thresholds for administrative design review will be processed as Type 2 decisions pursuant to TMC 18.108.020. All other design review decisions shall be processed as Type 4 decisions pursuant to TMC 18.108.040. If the BAR approves the proposed development, a building permit may be issued by the appropriate City official providing all other requirements of the building code and ordinances of the City have been complied with. B. APPROVAL WITH CONDITIONS. If the BAR approves the proposed development plans with conditions, it may require that such conditions shall be fulfilled prior to the issuance of a building or occupancy permit, where appropriate. C. DENIAL. The BAR may deny the proposed development plans if the plans do not satisfy the guidelines of this chapter. D. TIME LIMIT OF APPROVAL. Construction permitting for BAR approved plans must begin within three years from the notice of decision or the BAR decision becomes null and void. Page 18 -122 (Ord. 2005 §18, 2002; Ord. 1865 §54, 1999; Ord. 1770 §35, 1996; Ord. 1758 §1(part), 1995) Sections: 18.64.010 18.64.020 18.64.030 18.64.050 18.64.060 18.64.070 18.64.080 18.64.090 Chapter 18.64 CONDITIONAL USE PERMITS Purpose Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit Application - Requirements and Fees Criteria Expiration and Renewal Revocation of Permit Performance Bond and Other Security Resubmittal of Application 18.64.010 Purpose It is the purpose of this chapter to establish review and permit approval procedures for unusual or unique types of land uses which, due to their nature, require special consideration of their impact on the neighbor- hood and land uses in the vicinity. The uses in this chapter may be located in any district, unless specifi- cally not permitted, by special permission of the Planning Commission under such conditions as the commission may impose. (Ord. 1758 §1(part), 1995) 18.64.020 Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit The conditional uses listed in the specified use districts require a conditional use permit in order to locate and operate in an appropriate zone district within the City. (Ord. 1758 §1(part), 1995) 18.64.030 Application - Requirements and Fees Application for conditional use permit shall be filed with the DCD on forms prescribed by that office. All applications shall be accompanied by a filing fee as required in the Application Fees chapter of this title. Applications for Conditional Use Permits shall be Type 4 decisions and shall be processed pursuant to TMC 18.108.040. (Ord. 1770 §36, 1996; Ord. 1758 §1(part), 1995) 18.64.050 Criteria The following criteria shall apply in granting a conditional use permit: 1. The proposed use will not be materi ally detrimental to the public welfare or injurious to the property or improvements in the vicinity of the proposed use or in the district in which the subject property is situated; 2. The proposed use shall meet or exceed the performance standards that are required in the district it will occupy; 3. The proposed development shall be compatible generally with the surrounding land uses Printed February 2005 Project: a ask_ p_e r Address: I I I OLD — —' ( Q QR L L,L.9 / Date J R v r Response onse l t 1 t 2(10 Z Staff b bk,s4 � �1 D Date response • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development TO: Building Planning y Public Works File Number LAND USE PERMIT ROUTING FORM Fire Dept. =__ Police Dept. Parks /Rec REVIEWERS: Please specify how the attached plans conflict with your ADOPTED development regulations, including citations. Be specific in describing the types of changes you want made to the plans. When referencing codes, please identify the actual requirement and plan change needed. The Planning Division review does not supplant each department's ability to administer its own regulations and permits. However, project consistency at the Planning review stage is important to minimize significant later design changes. More than minimal design changes require further Planning Commission review, even if alteration is required to satisfy a City requirement. This further review is typically a minimum 60 -day process. Requirements based on SEPA (e.g., not required by an adopted development regulation) MUST identify the impact being mitigated, the policy basis for requiring mitigation, and the method used to calculate the mitigation required. Calculations of project impacts and the mitigation required (e.g., water capacity, road level of service analyses, or turning analyses) may be required of the applicant. COMMENTS (Attach additional comment sheets and/or support materials as needed.) S cr -t-i-- 1 t �4 � o f ► ( I f i'7�[xl�t YtaA�' NS T tou �co &4 �S1 t4 LP�E aF EF c(Er lr To t I.IDIc. TE r(-4S Loe-41100 NA.iv Acv t (eF ma l✓Q. - -5 i— 19 L0I-1 614010S - OI M lSIDNS Fat"( FR0FE-T911- OES "ia To it.i nu - peo ooEo (3/Awl kt4 , o t ticE N oN�o � - / WAULS ARC ?MALLLTo A ftw ° L �t� T -4�_ �t0NSlot (MOttI I 10L635 , — daE 11,D(N4 C41/146T 150 • AMP oU 114e6 1 :Foe C'o 5 e6c(c0 (k ► — Plan check date: Comments Update date: prepared by '' • �htlS Got;1LD f -4N4E- ` To r7 6 17 E ) Cpm IONS, /p/JLP 7?1 E17 /LO /A/ �� /rep /�U 76 LO4AT /O K,2661</ /ee D 'T1,A coo. A-� L �� c -r�d / "Azf st12 Tr _ — rF /5 4 riaLiI -/ /JF I TiLr+ CITY OF TUKWILA ADMINISTRATIVE Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 FAX (206) 431 -3665 E -mail: tukplan@ci.tukwila.wa.us DESIGN REVIEW CE1VE JUN 2 9 20 NAME OF PROJECT /DEVELOPMENT: Ni 47'4/ / 4 /L, LOCATION OF PROJECT/DEVELOPMENT: Give street address or, if vacant, indicate lot(s), block and subdivision, access street, and nearest intersection. 7i ' ( e4e r e e 4),i LIST ALL TAX LOT NUMBERS (this information may be found on your tax statement). 2d c'e9z -0/ DEVELOPMENT COORDINATOR : The individual who: • has decision making authority on behalf of the owner /applicant in meetings with City staff, • has full responsibility for identifying and satisfying all relevant and sometimes overlapping development standards, and • is thee primary contact with the City to whom all notices and reports will be sent. Name: 2 /CSC item b/�y Address: 72 (44"/ eer„/lcoig 4. Phone: 4 227- 72ov X 2 S�f - E -mail: Signature: FAX: 12S 7472 Date: - 2 7 -49 ' FOR STAFF USE ONLY Permits Plus Type P -DR Planner: File Number: L _ L' _- c, 4.3 Application Complete (Date: ) Project File Number: f 7 06,- (7e> Application Incomplete (Date: ) Other File Numbers: i _OS - c4 CITY OF TUKWILA ADMINISTRATIVE Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 431 -3670 FAX (206) 431 -3665 E -mail: tukplan@ci.tukwila.wa.us DESIGN REVIEW CE1VE JUN 2 9 20 NAME OF PROJECT /DEVELOPMENT: Ni 47'4/ / 4 /L, LOCATION OF PROJECT/DEVELOPMENT: Give street address or, if vacant, indicate lot(s), block and subdivision, access street, and nearest intersection. 7i ' ( e4e r e e 4),i LIST ALL TAX LOT NUMBERS (this information may be found on your tax statement). 2d c'e9z -0/ DEVELOPMENT COORDINATOR : The individual who: • has decision making authority on behalf of the owner /applicant in meetings with City staff, • has full responsibility for identifying and satisfying all relevant and sometimes overlapping development standards, and • is thee primary contact with the City to whom all notices and reports will be sent. Name: 2 /CSC item b/�y Address: 72 (44"/ eer„/lcoig 4. Phone: 4 227- 72ov X 2 S�f - E -mail: Signature: FAX: 12S 7472 Date: - 2 7 -49 ' PREMIUM STEEL CROWN -WELD® POLES Square, non - tapered pole Carbon Steel Base Plate Cap (S (Supp plied If tenon Is not used) 16' (457 mm) re 6' (51 mm a 152 mm) Hand hole Hand-hole cover Two-piece Steel base plate cover SPEC # CATALOG # POLE SIZE Square Steel Poles PLC >: PS3S10C(a)BZ shC+ PS3S15C(a)BZ sPl r PS3S20C(a)BZ �ritfi u:: PS4S10C(a)BZ ) PUC if PS4S12C(a)BZ SPCC PS4S15C(a)BZ PS4S17C(a)BZ PS4S20C(a)BZ PS4S22C(a)BZ PS4S25C(a)8Z PS4S25S(a)BZ PS4S27S(a)BZ PS4S30S(a)BZ PS5S25S(a)BZ . •NPLC, PS5S30S(a)BZ PS6S30S(a)BZ Specify (a) pole configuration. Non - tapered steel poles are supplied with welded base with cover, four galvanized anchor bolts, masonite mounting template and a pole cap (except tenon mount). Each bolt is provided with two washers and two nuts. Steel pole base has slotted holes. Per National Electrical Code requirements, pole is standard with a 2' x 6" (51 x 152 mm) hand hole, located 18" (457 mm) above bottom of pole base. A #10 -32 stainless - steel weld stud with grounding lug is located inside pole, opposite hand hole; a hand hole cover is supplied but shipped separately. For EPA ratings, see "Windloading" sheet. 15 x3 x0.125 20 x3 x0.125 10 x4x0.125 12 x4x0.125 15 x4 x0.125 17 x4 x0.125 20 x4 x0.125 22 x4 x0.125 25 x4 x0.125 25x4x0.188 27x4x0.188 30 x 4 x0.188 25 x5 x0.188 30x5x0.188 30 x6 x0.188 GENERAL DESCRIPTION PATENT US 5,820,255; 6,640,517 H (MI x W (ia) x WUS (lel H (m) x W (mm) x Wall (mm) 1Ox3x0.125 3.0 x76 x3 4.6 x76 x3 6.1 x76 x3 3.0x102x3 3.7 x102 x3 4.6x102x3 5.2 x 102 x 3 6.1 x102x3 6.7x102x3 7.6x102x3 7.6x102x5 8.2x102 x5 9.1 x102 x5 7.6 x 127 x 5 9.1 x127 x5 9.1 x152 x5 9201 Washington Avenue Racine, Wisconsin 53406 -3772 USA © Ruud Lighting Inc. Printed in USA Slotted anchor bolt hole MATERIALS Square, non - tapered pole of structural steel tubing (ASTM A 500); with a minimum yield strength of 46,000 p.s.i. Welded to a formed carbon steel base plate with a minimum yield strength of 36,000 p.s.i. FINISH Exclusive Colorfast DeltaGuard finish features an E -coat epoxy primer with medium bronze ultra- durable powder topcoat, providing excellent resistance to corrosion, ultraviolet degradation and abrasion. The finish is covered by our seven - year limited warranty. (a) POLE CONFIGURATION 1 • Single (direct mount) 2 E-a Twin CD 180° (direct mount) 6 i 3 li Twin @ 90° (direct mount) T Tenon (order tenon separately( For fixtures with fixed 20° mount, add prefix 2 to configuration numbers: i.e. 21, 22, 23, 25 and 26. PHONE (262) 886 -1900 www.ruudlighting.cnm RECEIVED r7r r+ COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT NtoteS, • 5 V LABELS Ruud Lighting square poles meet or exceed National Electrical Code Requirements. In the US, Ruud square poles are classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for electrical ground bonding; in Canada, they are GSA certified for electrical ground bonding and structural strength. ACCESSORY Catalog it REC -GFIBZ (121W) Wet Listed In -use cover FAX (262) 884 -3309 03/30/06 Triple (direct mount) Ouad (direct mount) 1 17;$ GFI Outlet Accessory RUUD LIGHTING 2" ADJUSTABLE FITTER 22" (559 mm) STANDARD FLOOD Housing Seamless, die -cast aluminum Finish color: bronze Ballast Capacitor Ignitor (Where required) 2.3" (57 mm) Wiring Chamber Ot Ruud Lighting Inc. Printed in USA 3.5" (89 mm) Adjustable Fitter Die -cast aluminum knuckle is sized for 2" pipe (2-3/8'160 mm) 0.0.) Finish color: bronze SPEC # WATTAGE CATALOG # METAL HALIDE •: MH FS3499- (a)(b) Q; `:r ::i :::;: 1500W MH FS3495- (a)(b) HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM D sPt_ 1000W HPS FS3599- (a)(b) Specify (a) Voltage & (D) Options. GENERAL DESCRIPTION Floodlight luminaire for HID lamp, totally enclosed. Housing is seamless, die -cast aluminum. Aluminum die -cast adjustable fitter mounting is sized for 2" pipe (2 -3/8" [60 mm] O.D.). Allows for directional aiming as well as 2 -1/2° incremental vertical adjustment. Contains integral wiring compartment. Two stainless -steel set screws provide clamping to vertical tenons. Lens assembly consists of rigid aluminum frame and high - impact, clear- tempered glass. For 1500W MH, a minimum 30° vertical tilt above horizontal is required. The adjustable fitter for this wattage features a lock to prevent mounting below this tilt angle. ANSI lamp wattage label supplied, visible during relamping. UL Listed in US and Canada for wet locations and enclosure classified IP54 per IEC 529 and IEC 598. Set Screws LABELS (a) VOLTAGE SUFFIli KEY M 120/208/240/277V (Standard) T 120/277/347V (Canada Only) (Standard) 1 120V 2 277V 3 208V 4 240V 5 480V 6 347V (Canada Only) 9201 Washington Avenue Racine, Wisconsin 53406 -3772 USA Patented Hinge Assembly Reflector Prefinished specular and diffuse aluminum Lamp Stabilizer Bracket (1000W & 1500W only) Lamp (Included) Lampholder Ballast Lens Frame Compartment Die -cast aluminum Cover door frame secures lens; sealed with silicone gasket Finish color: black For voltage availability outside the US and Canada. sea Bulletin TD-9 m contact your Ruud Lighting authorized International Distributor. ELECTRICAL Fixture includes clear, mogul-base lamp. Pulse - rated porcelain enclosed, 4kv -rated screw- shell- type lam pholder with spring - loaded center contact. Lamp ignitor included where required. All ballast assemblies are high-power factor and use the following circuit type: CWA — Constant Wattage Autotransformer 1000 –1500W MH; 1000W HPS Exclusive DeltaGuard$ finish features an E -coat epoxy primer with medium bronze ultra- durable powder topcoat, providing excellent resistance to corrosion, ultraviolet degradation and abrasion. The finish is covered by our seven - year limited warranty. PHONE (262) 886 -1900 riAvw.ruucllightlng.com (h) OPTIONS (factory-installed) Fusing -(a)F -(a)P External Photocell (for 1500W) -1P External Photocell (for 1000W/120V) -5P External Photocell (tor 48ov) O Quartz Standby (includes 100W quartz lamp) (N/A on 1500W) U Uplight Lens Frame Specify (a) Single Voltage — See Voltage Suffix Key US 4,689,729 ACCESSORIES DB -22 Deep Baffle FWG -22 Wire Guard GS -22 Glare Shield LS -22 Polycarbonate Vandal Shield (N/A on 1500W) (not for use with fixtures In uplight position) PC-1 Button Photocell (tor 1500W fixtures set to 120V) PC•6 Button Photocell (for fixtures set to 347V) PC-2 Button Photocell (for fixtures set to 208, 240, 277V) FAX (262) 884 -3309 12/11/03 RUUD LIGHTING 60000 55000 50000 45000 40000 g 35000 0 30000 3 25000 20000 15000 10000 5000 4f V/ /.0/ LVVV 1 1. a, EPA RATING EPA 3.26 for single fixture with 60° tilt (Consult factory for EPA rating on multiple units or other tilt angles) 60000 55000 50600 45000 40000 35000 30000 25006 20000 15000 10060 5000 Catalog FS3494 -M FS3499 -M FS3594 -M FS3599 -M Vertical Horzontal - If ■■ ■fills ■t I •f ■f•■t ■1 1I ■ ■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■I I ■■l111111•■t ■I I ■■fi1I rAl1 ■ ■I II ■■Mttik ■t ■I It■t■Ieiitl' ■I ■I I ■fI� ■ ■Q, \ ■1 I■Iimakun 1111/Qil •■ ■■lbilliI P1111fi ■f ■r7 ■ ■1 ^0 72 54 36 18 0 18 38 ANGLE (IN DEGREES) Lighting Sciences Inc. Certified Test Report No. LSI 7637 Candlepower trace through origin 011000W MH Standard Floodlight. NEMA Type: 6V x TH Vertical Horizontal 72 54 38 18 0 18 38 ANGLE ON DEGREES) Lighting Sciences Inc. Certified Test Report No. 1817636 Candlepower trace through origin of 1000W HPS Standard Floodlight NEMA Type: 6V x 7H Pole - spacing Example Data RUUD LIGHTING Lamp Type 400W MH 1000W MH 400W HPS 1000W HPS 54 54 2 ADJUSTABL ER 22°° (559 mm) STANDARD FLOOD 12 72 Lamp Lumens 32,000 107,800 50,000 140,000 (� Ruud lighting Inc. Printed in USA 120100 60' 60' 447 247 47 20 447 60 e6' 100120 2247 ■■11I■■■■►M■■6' 1 1847 ■.. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■NI 9 ,60' ■II ■■■■■■■ ■ ►�■ ...e 140 ■'/■., 42 1 20 .■■ / .51>r\ ►■■ ' 36 100 II ■.I,.�.' V'11� ■„ 30.5 ihall A1iE11i 110 MEMUllerardnillEN w \'stillIIIII f■I11/1!).' /.■ a ■■ ►IW\IlJ %I ■■ ■■ ■ \► ' % ■ ■■ 386300 244 183 122 61 Om 91 ,2.2 183 244 305 386 Isofootcandle plot of 1000W MH Standard Floodlight at 30' (9.1 m) mounting height and 80° tilt (Plan view) 12471047 o 60' 4o 20 47 220 200 let' 180 140 120 100 e0' 60' 40' 20' a J' _� ,\ ■■mif ■me ■■ `\11I11/fi■ii1111111 %r • �. -- - - 61 368 305 244 183 122 81 Om 81 122 183 244 305 388 Isofootcandle plot 011000W HPS Standard Floodlight at 30' (9.1 m) mounting height and 60° tilt (Plan view) Mounting Height 30' (9.1 m) 35'(10.7 m) 35' (10.7 m) 40'(12.2 m) 30' (9.1 m) 35'(10.7 m) 35' (10.7 m) 40'(12.2 m) 9201 Washington Avenue Racine, Wisconsin 53406 -3772 USA Isofootcandle plots show initial footcandles at grade. ( Footcandles _ 0.0929 = Lux) 24 4 163 12.2 81 Om 6.1 247 40' 60' e0 1001247 87.1 61.0 54.8 8.6 42.7 366 30.5 24.4 163 12.2 61 Om 220 M ina 180 140' 120 100 60' 4 Test area is cantered within a(16) pole layout. Max. Recommended Pole- spacing 150' (45.7 m) 175' (53.3 m) 175' (53.3 m) 200' (61.0 m) 150' (45.7 m) 175' (53.3 m) 175' (53.3 m) 200' (61.0 m) I www. ntudlighting.com 1247100 80 or 447 20' 0' 247 WOW 60' 100' 120 67.1 61.0 46.6 42.7 38.8 30.5 358 305 244 163 12.2 6.1 0m 81 122 193 244 305 386 Isofootcandle plot 011000W MH Standard Floodlight at 40' (12.2 m) mounting height and 60° tilt (Plan view) 1247 100' 80' OO' 40 20' 0' MOW e6' 60 100'120 2247 \67.1 200 te0 1617 1447 120 100 e0' or 40' 20' 0 386 305 244 193 122 61 Om 61 122 163 24.4 305 54.9 24 4 183 122 8.1 O 818 54.9 46 4 2.7 36.6 30.5 24.4 18.3 122 6.1 Om 61 386 Isofootcandle plot of 1000W HPS Standard Floodlight at 40' (12.2 m) mounting height and 60° tilt (Plan view) Average Initial Light Levels at Grade 4 Fixtures per pole (Footcandles a 0.0929 ° lux) Footcandles Lux 3.13 34 2.22 24 7.47 80 5.79 62 5.16 56 3.69 40 10.33 111 7.96 86 PHONE (262) 886 -1900 FAX (262) 884 -3309 12/11/03 June 29, 2006 City of Tukwila Planning Division RE: Administrative Design Review Item Number 14d. The total approximate amount of cut and fill on the site will be between 250 and 300 yards. Item # 19. Proposed signage is shown on the building plans. The design and other details will be submitted with each Tennant Improvement application submitted. RECEIVED JUN 2 9 2006 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Public Works Department 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 206.433.0179 CONCURRENCY TEST NOTICE RED SURFACE WATER 'JUN For all development except one single - family residence, 2 -9 lot short plats, four -plex or smaller multi - family residence, or non - residential development that is categorically exempt from SEPA. Submit a detailed project description including location, existing facilities, and proposed facilities. PROJECT ADDRESS: //a..',/,/ (2A -(u PARCEL #: Contact's Name: A); c.,� ke Ar vv Contact Phone #: L. z5 2 2-1- 1 2. oo Contact e-mail: Contact Address: Capacity of the concurrency facilities combined with the addition of any detention (if required) for the proposed development is equal to or better than capacity required to maintain the established level of service standard. Compliance with the City's adopted Surface Water Manual ensures concurrency and any additional items noted below. Additional items: By: PASSED This test notice is valid for 90 -days from signature date. Print Name: Ryan D. Larson Approved 01.20.2006 DOES NOT PASS Sr. Surface Water Engineer Date 3 EivED /,2 / oC- EsvED 2 9 2006 COMMuNI C DavELOP�ENr MAR 30 '06 03 :04PM TUKWILA /PW Public Works Department 6300 Southcentea Boulevard Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 206433.0179 C NCURRENCY TEST NOTICE WATER & SANITARY SEWER RE 'JUN P.2/2 EIVED 2 9 2006 COMMUNITY For all development except one singie-family residence, 2 -9 lot short plats, four -plex oPEVELOPIl ENT smaller multifamily residence, or non - residential development that is categorically exempt from SEPA. Submit a detailed project description including location, existing facilities, and proposed facilities. PROJECT ADDRESS: N/A , PARCEL #: 2423049092 Contact's Nanne: Dick Henry Contact Phone #: (425)227 -7200 Contact e-mail: Contact Address: 7200 Fun Center Way, Tukwila X PASSED This test notice is valid for 90 -days from signature date. The water and sanitary sewer system has sufficient capacity for the proposed office building located on Parcel 2423049092. Additional items: DOES NOT PASS Print Name: Mike Cusick Utility Engineer r THE HONORABLE JOHN W. RANTS MAYOR, CITY OFTUKWILA 6200 SOUTHCENTER BLVD TUKWILA, WA 98188 -0000 • • Federal Emergency Management Agency Washington, D.C. 20472 R ECEIVED May 2, zoos 'JUN 2 9 2006 FOLLOWS CONDITIONAL CASE NO.: 99- 10- 1310grUNM1 TT CASE NO.: 01- 10 -266A COMMUNITY: CITY OF TUKWILA, KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON COMMUNITY NO.: 530091 DEAR MAYOR RANTS: This is in reference to a request that the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) determine if the property described in the enclosed document is located within an identified Special Flood Hazard Area, the area that would be inundated by the flood having a 1- percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year (base flood), on the effective National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) map. Using the information submitted and the effective NFIP map, our determination is shown on the attached Letter of Map Revision based on Fill (LOMR -F) Determination Document. This determination document provides additional information regarding the effective NFIP map, the legal description of the property and our determination. Additional documents are enclosed which provide information regarding the subject property and LOMR -Fs. Please see the List of Enclosures below to determine which documents are enclosed. Other attachments specific to this request may be included as referenced in the Determination /Comment document. If you have any questions about this letter or any of the enclosures, please contact the FEMA Map Assistance Center toll free at (877) 336 -2627 (877 -FEMA MAP) r by letter addressed to the Federal Emergency Management Agency, 3601 Eisenhower Avenue, Suite 600, Alexandria, VA 22304 -6439. LIST OF ENCLOSURES: LOMR -F DETERMINATION DOCUMENT (REMOVAL) cc: State/Commonwealth NFIP Coordinator Community Map Repository Region Mr. Ali Sadr Sincerely, Matthew B. Miller, P.E., Chief Hazards Study Branch Mitigation Directorate -Page 1 of 2 Follows Conditional No.: 99 -1. 131C Date: May 2, 2001 Case o.: 01- 10 -266A LOMB -F G lljll. "" Federal Emergency Management Agency �c �rl� � Washington, D.C. 20472 LJ /UN2 920116 LETTER OF MAP REVISION BASED ON FILL °E LoP� DETERMINATION DOCUMENT (REMOVAL) . COMMUNITY AND MAP PANEL INFORMATION LEGAL PROPERTY DESCRIPTION COMMUNITY CITY OF TUKWILA, KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON Family Fun East, Willamette recorded as Center, a portion of Section 24, Township 23 North, Range 4 Meridian, as described in the Statutory Warranty Deeds Instrument Nos. 9708061188 and 9708061190, in the Office of King County, Washington of the portion mentioned above is as follows: at the most northwesterly corner of the property: °26'38" E, 25.63 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING; thence E, 125.38 feet; thence N 61 °36'48" E, 124.73 feet; thence COMMUNITY NO.: 530091 the Recorder, AFFECTED MAP PANEL NUMBER: 53033C0978F The legal description NAME: KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON AND INCORPORATED AREAS COMMENCING thence S 59 N 48 °04'05" DATE: 05/16/1995 FLOODING SOURCE: GREEN RIVER APPROXIMATE LATITUDE & LONGITUDE OF PROPERTY: 47.464, - 122.245 SOURCE OF LAT & LONG: PRECISION MAPPING STREETS 4.0 DATUM: NAD 83 DETERMINATION LOT BLOCK/ SECTION SUBDIVISION STREET OUTCOME WHAT IS RE MOVED FROM THE SFHA FLOOD ZONE 1% ANNUAL FLOOD ELEVATION (NGVD 29) LOWEST ADJACENT T ELEVATION (NGVD 29) LOWEST ELEVATION (NGVD 29) LOWEST LOT ELEVATION (NGVD 29) — — Section 24 7100!7200/7300 Fun Center Way Portion of Property X (unshaded) 21.9 feet — _ 23.9 feet Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA) - The SFHA is an area that would be inundated by the flood having a 1- percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year (base flood). ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS (Please refer to the appropriate section on Attachment 1 for the additional considerations listed below.) LEGAL PROPERTY DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED) FILL RECOMMENDATION PORTIONS REMAIN IN THE SFHA This document provides the Federal Emergency Management Agency's determination regarding a request for a Letter of Map Revision based on Fill for the property described above. Using the information submitted and the effective National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) map, we have determined that the property(ies) is/are not located in the SFHA, an area inundated by the flood having a 1- percent chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given year (base flood). This document revises the effective NFIP map to remove the subject property from the SFHA located on the effective NFIP map; therefore, the Federal mandatory flood insurance requirement does not apply. However, the fender has the option to continue the flood insurance requirement to protect its financial risk on the loan. A Preferred Risk Policy (PRP) is available for buildings located outside the SFHA. Information about the PRP and how one can apply is enclosed. This determination is based on the flood data presently available. The enclosed documents provide additional information regarding this determination. If you have any questions about this document, please contact the FEMA Map Assistance Center toll free at (877) 336 -2627 (877 -FEMA MAP) or by letter addressed to the Federal Emergency Management Agency, 3601 Eisenhower Avenue, Suite 600, Alexandria, VA 22304 -6439. 1 . L.;.11.:.; Matthew B. Miller, P.E., Chief Hazards Study Branch l',..)-:',1-..,' , ILA Mitigation Directorate Version 1.3.2 FVt24A$0b6Z01650266 • Federal Emergency Management Agency RECEIVED Washington, D.C. 20472 tJUN 2 9 1fl[l LETTER OF MAP REVISION BASED ON FILL DETERMINATION DOCUMENT (REMOVAL) ATTACHMENT 1 (ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS) , COMMUNI I y DEVELOPMENT LEGAL PROPERTY DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED) N 48 °4413" E, 63.91 feet; thence N 77 °18'19" E, 51.95 feet; thence N 66 °40'54" E, 9.15 feet; thence S 02 °13'35" W, 141.83 feet; thence S 27 °53'47" E. 73.15 feet; thence N 85 °00'59" E, 22.12 feet; thence N 57 °44'52" E, 34.81 feet; thence N 11 °54'52" W, 64.62 feet; thence N 02 °13'35" E, 154.16 feet; thence N 66 °40'54" E, 62.67 feet; thence N 78 °34'14" E, 128.51 feet; thence N 75 °54'37" E, 63.73 feet; thence N 68 °35'57" E, 280.55 feet; thence N 85 °36'22" E, 38.12 feet; thence S 74 °16'58" E, 139.25 feet; thence N 74 °57'20" E, 78.72 feet; thence N 17 °03'22" E, 34.45; thence N 18 °52'47" W, 46.14 feet; thence N 38 °01'38 W, 92.16 feet; thence N 51 °30'07" E, 16.40 feet; thence 646.68 feet southeasterly along a curve to the right having a radius of 1860.08 feet; thence S 66 °58'45" W, 482.07 feet; thence N 23 °0115" W, 20.00 feet; thence S 66 °58'45" W, 152.75 feet; thence 68.73 feet westerly along a curve to the left having a radius of 182.00 feet; thence N 17 °41'53" E, 29.84 feet; thence N 08 °35'34" W. 60.00 feet; thence S 81 °24'26" W, 106.02 feet; thence N 48 °33'18" W, 115.79 feet; thence 253.03 feet westerly along a curve to the left having a radius of 163.00 feet; thence S 42 °32'00" W, 9.42 feet; thence N 59 °26'38" W, 283.06 feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING FILL RECOMMENDATION (This Additional Consideration applies to the preceding 1 Property.) Although the criteria for removal of the subject area based on fill have been met for this request, Subparagraph 65.5(a)(4) of the National Flood Insurance Program regulations stipulates that if a structure is involved in a request for a Letter of Map Revision based on Fill, the Federal Emergency Management Agency's determination is based on comparisons of the lowest floor (including basement/crawl space) and the lowest adjacent grade elevations with the base flood elevation. If the entire structure is at or above the elevation of the base flood, the structure may be excluded from the Special Flood Hazard Area. PORTIONS OF THE PROPERTY REMAIN IN THE SFHA (This Additional Consideration applies to the preceding 1 Property.) This Determination Document has removed the subject of the determination from the Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA). However, portions of the property may remain in the SFHA. Therefore, any future construction or substantial improvement on the property remains subject to Federal, State /Commonwealth, and local regulations for floodplain management. This attachment provides additional information regarding this request. If you have any questions about this attachment, please contact the FEMA Map Assistance Center toll free at (877) 336 -2627 (877 -FEMA MAP) or by letter addressed to the Federal Emergency Management Agency, 3601 Eisenhower Avenue, Suite 600, Alexandria, VA 22304 -6439. Matthew B. Miller, P.E., Chief Hazards Study Branch Mitigation Directorate Version 1.3.2 2418012CBM06101650266 Water and Land Resources Division Department of Natural Resources and Parks King Street Center 201 South Jackson Street, Suite 600 Seattle, WA 98104 -3855 206 -296 -6519 206- 296 -0192 Fax July 13, 2004 Dick Hendry Family Fun Centers, Tukwila, LLC 7300 Fun Center Way Tukwila, WA 98188 RE: Release of Interest in Financial Guarantee for Family Fun Center, Tukwila, LLC RECEIVED UUN 2 9 2006 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Dear Mr. Hendry: This letter is to confirm that I have received a revised replacement for Schedule "B," and accompanying map, to accompany the River Protection Easement, previously signed by Scott Huish on behalf of the Family Fun Centers, Tukwila, LLC, which you have previously provided to me (copy enclosed). This revised Schedule "B" and the map have been stamped and signed by Norm Larson, P.L.S., who provided the revised document to me on your behalf. Following my review of this latest revised Schedule "B," I have found it sufficient for our easement needs. I will therefore submit the completed, signed River Protection Easement documents, including the revised Schedule "B," for recording with the King County Department of Records and Elections. I will provide you with a copy of the final Easement, following completion of the recording process. I am pleased to inform you that you have now satisfied all the terms and conditions of your original obligations as set forth in the January 6, 1999 River Protection Facility Defect Maintenance Agreement (also enclosed). This also means you have satisfied all the conditions induded in the July 20, 1999 "Blocked Deposit Account for Benefit of King County as Required Financial Guarantee," established pursuant to the Maintenance Agreement (also enclosed). Therefore, by copy of this letter, I am hereby releasing to your sole possession, on behalf of Family Fun Centers, Tukwila LLC, all King County interest in funds originally secured for this purpose, in the Blocked Deposit Account in question. King County will exercise no further rights of possession, interest in, or claims upon said funds, from this day forward. Please provide me with any other documents, if needed, as may be required to release these funds from the Blocked Deposit Account in question. Hopefully this letter itself will prove sufficient for these purposes, as is my clear intention here. ■ ' ' i• : . • "'" g' , ,i , 1 •,, .,.. - .... ....,,.. . ;-.4- - .. k •- '04.7 „ , :.• $ 1, X • ..• • .4x A ggf '' :6. k _ -a • i Page 1 of 1 t Scale: 1" = 200 ' N CityGIS5 Copyright ® 2004, All Rights Reserved The information contained herein is the proprietary property d the ccntritutors supplied under license and may not be reproduced except as licensed by Of gtal Map Products /W •-_ 1 /-- _ .1__ c / c c 1 c __ 1 __ 1 _x__1 nn in n inn ( G N' A i 7100 Fun Center Way Tukwila, Washington 981 FAMILY FUN CENTERS 7300 F; , Center Way TukwilWashington 98188 425 4b3. "0 (1'( 4 25,46 .20 Muly • • PROJECT DIRECTORY Family Fun Center New Retail Building 7100 Fun Center Way Tukwila, Washington 98188 MG2 #03- 1260 -02 r FAMILY FUN CENTERS John Huish, Owner's Representative 29111 S.W. Town Center Loop W. Wilsonville, Oregon 97070 MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE Weylin Thompson, Project Manager 1110 112 Avenue NE, Suite 500 Bellevue, Washington 98004 K.M. MAW ASSOCIATES Joe Maw, Structural Engineer 810 Third Avenue, Suite 640 Seattle, Washington 98104 BUSH, ROED & HITCHINGS, INC. Civil Engineer 2009 Minor Avenue East Seattle, Washington 98102 LANDSCAPE DESIGN -BUILD Under Separate Cover Under Separate Cover ELECTRICAL DESIGN -BUILD Under Separate Cover April 17, 2006 ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC. Geotechnical Engineer 911 5 Avenue, Suite 100 Kirkland, Washington 98033 PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL DESIGN -BUILD 503.682.9742 FAX 503.682.9694 425.463.2000 FAX 425.463.2002 206.624.7146 FAX 206.233.9271 206.323.4144 FAX 206.323.7135 425.827.7701 FAX 425.827.5424 I • • TABLE OF CONTENTS I Number of Section No. Title Pages I DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (by Owner) DIVISION 2 SITE CONSTRUCTION (See Civil Drawings for Sitework Specifications.)) I DIVISION 3 CONCRETE (See Structural Drawings for Concrete Specifications.) DIVISION 4 MASONRY I Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies 10 DIVISION 5 METALS (See Structural Drawings for Structural Steel Specifications.) Section 05500 Metal Fabrications 5 I DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS Section 06105 Miscellaneous Carpentry 3 DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION I Section 07115 Bituminous Dampproofing 3 Section 07161 Modified Cement Waterproofing 4 Section 07210 Building Insulation 4 Section 07412 Metal Wall Panels 7 Section 07537 Fully Adhered EPDM Roofing 5 Section 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 5 Section 07720 Roof Accessories 2 I Section 07920 Joint Sealants 5 DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames 4 Section 08361 Sectional Overhead Doors 3 Section 08411 Aluminum- Framed Entrances and Storefronts 8 Section 08711 Door Hardware 5 Section 08800 Glazing 4 I DIVISION 9 FINISHES Section 09220 Portland Cement Plaster 8 Section 09253 Gypsum Sheathing 3 I Section 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies 4 Section 09310 Ceramic Tile 6 Section 09912 Painting 4 I DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES Section 10350 Flagpoles 3 Section 10431 Exterior Signage 2 I Section 10950 Fabric Awning System 3 D IVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (Fire Protection Design -Build Under Separate Cover.) DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL (Plumbing and Mechanical Design -Build Under Separate Cover.) DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL (Electrical Design -Build Under Separate Cover.) I Family Fun Center New Retail Building MulvannyG2 AEchitecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 • f 1 1 i i 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following: 1. Concrete Masonry Veneer. 2. Load - Bearing CMU at Trash Enclosure. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Submit certificates for each type of block used. Certificate shall state the blocks' weight, moisture content, minimum face shell and web thickness, minimum strength and maximum absorption and dimensional tolerances. B. Shop Drawings: For reinforcing steel. Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement" and local Building Code requirements. C. Samples for each type, face, and color of exposed masonry units and colored mortars. D. Cut sheets of masonry veneer ties. E. Material Certificates: For each type of product indicated. Include statements of material properties indicating compliance with requirements including compliance with standards and type designations within standards. F. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Cold- Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold - weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6/TMS 602. B. Hot - Weather Requirements: Comply with hot - weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6/TMS 602. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Shapes: Provide special shapes for corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions, as indicated on Drawings or as required for a complete installation. Family Fun Center New Retail Building SECTION 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 04810 Page 2 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES B. Integral Water Repellent: Provide units made with liquid polymeric, integral water- repellent admixture that does not reduce flexural bond strength for exposed units. 1. Products: a. Addiment Incorporated; Block Plus W -10. 1 b. Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Dry- Block. c. Master Builders, Inc.; Rheopel. C. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90. 1. Conform to ASTM C -90, Type I, moisture controlled units, 35% maximum moisture content. Provide units in the sizes and thicknesses shown on � Drawings. 2. Use ASTM C -90 Grade "N ", Medium Weight (105 to 125 pcf) units, with colors and face textures described below. 3. Pattern and Texture: a. Standard pattern, split -face finish. 4. Color: As selected by Architect. 2.2 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. General Requirements 10 • 1. Comply with ASTM C 270, C 780 or C 1142 for reinforced masonry. 2. Use color as part of mortar appearance. Add at a rate recommended by manufacturer of colorant, to get color selected by Architect. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, one brand of uniform color. Type III may be used for cold- weather construction. C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S, minimum of 92 percent hydrated. D. Mortar Pigments: Iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar. 1. Products: a. Bayer Corporation, Industrial Chemicals Div.; Bayferrox Iron Oxide Pigments. b. Davis Colors; True Tone Mortar Colors. c. Solomon Grind -Chem Services, Inc.; SGS Mortar Colors. E. Colored Cement Product: Packaged blend made from portland cement and lime and mortar pigments, all complying with specified requirements, and containing no other ingredients. Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. Formulate blend as required to produce color indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. I� MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 i i • • SECTION 04810 Page 3 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 2. Products: a Colored Portland Cement -Lime Mix: 1) Capital Materials Corporation; Riverton Portland Cement Lime Custom Color. 2) Holcim (US) Inc.; Rainbow Mortamix Custom Color Cement/Lime. 3) Lafarge North America Inc.; Eaglebond. 4) Lehigh Cement Company; Lehigh Custom Color Portland /Lime Cement. F. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1 1. For joints less than 1/4 inch thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 sieve. 2. Colored -Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. G. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. Provide "fine" • grout when so specified on Structural Drawings. H. Cold- Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with 9 ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated. 1. Products: a. Addiment Incorporated; Mortar Kick. b. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Accelguard 80. c. Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Morset. d. Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex; Trimix -NCA. I. Water - Repellent Admixture: Liquid water - repellent mortar admixture intended for use with concrete masonry units, containing integral water repellent by same manufacturer. 1. Products: a. Addiment Incorporated; Mortar Tite. b. Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Dry-Block Mortar Admixture. c. Master Builders, Inc.; Rheomix 235. J. Water: Clean and free of deleterious substances (potable). 2.3 REINFORCEMENT A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M or ASTM A 996/A 996M, Grade 60. B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A 951; mill galvanized, hot -dip galvanized, carbon -steel wire for exterior walls. 1. Wire Size for Side Rods: W1.7 or 0.148 -inch diameter. 2. Wire Size for Cross Rods: W1.7 or 0.148 -inch diameter. 3. Wire Size for Veneer Ties: W1.7 or 0.148 -inch diameter. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • • 1 SECTION 04810 Page 4 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 4. Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches o.c. 5. Veneers Anchored with Seismic Masonry- Veneer Anchors: Single 0.188 -inch diameter, hot -dip galvanized, carbon -steel continuous wire. 2.4 TIES AND ANCHORS A. Materials: 1. Hot -Dip Galvanized, Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B -2 coating. 2. Steel Sheet, Galvanized after Fabrication: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel, hot - dip galvanized after fabrication to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M. 3. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Wire Ties, General: Unless otherwise indicated, size wire ties to extend at least halfway through veneer but with at least 5/8 -inch cover on outside face. Outer ends of wires are bent 90 degrees and extend 2 inches parallel to face of veneer. C. Individual Wire Ties: Rectangular units with closed ends and not less than 4 inches wide. 1. Wire: Fabricate from 3/16 -inch diameter, hot -dip galvanized steel wire. D. Partition Top anchors: 0.097 -inch thick metal plate with 3/8 -inch diameter metal rod 6 inches long welded to plate and with closed -end plastic tube fitted over rod that allows rod to move in and out of tube. Fabricate from steel, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. A E. Adjustable Masonry- Veneer Anchors 1. General: Provide anchors that allow vertical adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall, for attachment over sheathing to metal studs, and as follows: a. Structural Performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a 100 -Ibf load in both tension and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05 inch. 2. Screw - Attached, Masonry- Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a wire tie and a metal anchor section. a. Anchor Section: Rib - stiffened, sheet metal plate with screw holes top and bottom, {� and slotted holes for inserting wire tie. b. Fabricate sheet metal anchor sections from 0.067 -inch thick, steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication. c. Wire Ties: Triangular -, rectangular -, or T- shaped wire ties fabricated from 0.188 - inch diameter, hot -dip galvanized steel wire. 3. Seismic Masonry- Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a metal anchor section and a connector section designed to engage a continuous wire embedded in the veneer mortar joint. a. Anchor Section: Rib - stiffened, sheet metal plate with screw holes top and bottom, 1 and slotted holes for inserting connector section. MulvannvG2 Architecture Famiiy Fun CErnter 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 I • 0 1 SECTION 04810 Page 5 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES II b. Connector Section: Rib - stiffened, sheet metal bent plate; sheet metal clip; or wire tie and rigid extruded vinyl clip designed to engage continuous wire. Size connector to extend at least halfway through veneer but with at least 5/8 -inch cover on outside I c. face. Fabricate sheet metal anchor sections and other sheet metal parts from 0.067 -inch thick, steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication. d. Fabricate wire connector sections from 0.188 -inch diameter, hot -dip galvanized, 1 carbon -steel wire. 2.5 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS i A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing, where flashing is exposed or partly exposed and where indicated, complying with Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." I B. Flexible Flashing: For flashing not exposed to the exterior, use the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Rubberized - Asphalt Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a fully self - adhering, self - healing, pliable, adhesive rubberized - asphalt compound, bonded to a high - density, cross - laminated polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.030 inch. I a. Products: (1 1) Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing; CCW- 705 -TWF Thru -Wall Flashing. I' 2) Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur -O -Wal Division; Dur -O- Barrier -44. 3) Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Perm -A- Barrier Wall Flashing. I 4) Heckmann Building Products Inc.; No. 82 Rubberized - Asphalt Thru -Wall Flashing. C. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." D. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; formulated from neoprene or PVC. B. Preformed Control -Joint Gaskets: Made from styrene- butadiene - rubber compound, complying with ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA -805 or PVC, complying with ASTM D 2287, Type PVC- 65406 and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall. C. Bond - Breaker Strips: Asphalt- saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). D. WeepNent Products: Use the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Rectangular Plastic WeepNent Tubing: Clear butyrate, 3/8 by 1 -1/2 by 3 -1/2 inches long. MulvannyG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 0 1 SECTION 04810 Page 6 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Cavity Drainage Material: Free - draining mesh, made from polymer strands that will not degrade within the wall cavity. 1. Provide one of the following configurations: a. Strips, not less than 1 -1/2 inches thick and 10 inches wide, with dimpled surface designed to catch mortar droppings and prevent weep holes from being clogged with mortar. b. Sheets or strips full depth of cavity and installed to full height of cavity. 2. Products: a. Advanced Building Products Inc.; Mortar Break II. b. Archovations, Inc.; CavClear Masonry Mat. c. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur -O -Wal Division; Polytite MortarStop. d. Mortar Net USA, Ltd.; Mortar Net. 2.7 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Job -Mixed Detergent Solution: Mix 1/2 -cup dry measure tetrasodium polyphosphate with 1/2 -cup dry measure laundry detergent into 1 gallon of water (or 1 cup of "Spic and Span "). B. Pressure Washing, Pressure Blasting: Use low pressure wash machine, or dry pressure -blast with suitable abrasives. C. Exterior Masonry for General- Purpose Acidic Cleaner: Use "Sure Klean Custom Masonry Cleaner" by ProSoCo, Inc., or as approved. D. Clean and potable water E. All cleaning materials and methods must be approved by local authority having jurisdiction before being used. 2.8 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Limit cementitious materials in mortar for exterior and reinforced masonry to portland cement and lime. 3. Add cold- weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent. B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Property Specification. 1. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type M. 2. For reinforced masonry, use Type S. 3. For exterior, above- grade, load- bearing and non -load- bearing walls and parapet walls; and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use Type S. Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 MulvannyG2 Architecture MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Printed on April 17, 2006 • SECTION 04810 Page 7 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES C. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product. 1. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. 2. Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement by weight. D. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. 1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 1.15.1 in ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 2. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Use full -size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required, cut units with motor - driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. B. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. t I 1 1 1 { 1 1 C. Comply with tolerances in ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6/TMS 602 and with the following: 1. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 3.2 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement -type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less- than - half -size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Except where indicated on Drawings, lay exposed masonry in running bond; do not use units With less than nominal 4 -inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Built -in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built -in items. D. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout, unless otherwise indicated. Family Fun Center New Retail Building MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • • SECTION 04810 Page 8 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 3.3 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow concrete masonry units as follows: 1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. With webs fully bedded in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters. 3. With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings. 4. With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on footings where cells are not grouted. B. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints. C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated. D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct - applied finishes (other than paint), unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Install in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches. B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L- shaped units. 3.5 ANCHORING MASONRY VENEERS A. Anchor masonry veneers to wall framing with seismic masonry- veneer anchors to comply with the following requirements: 1. Fasten screw - attached and seismic anchors through sheathing to wall framing with metal fasteners of type indicated. Use two fasteners. 2. Embed tie sections in masonry joints. Provide air space between back of masonry veneer and face of sheathing as shown on Drawings. 3. Locate anchor sections to allow maximum vertical differential movement of ties up and down. 4. Space anchors as indicated. 3.6 FLASHING, WEEP HOLES, CAVITY DRAINAGE, AND VENTS A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated. B. Install flashing as follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Where flashing is within mortar joint, place through -wall flashing on MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 • • 1 1 C. Install weep holes in head joints in the first course of masonry immediately above embedded flashing and as follows: Family Fun Center New Retail Building sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Before covering with mortar, seal penetrations in flashing as recommended by flashing manufacturer. 2. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches into masonry at each end. At heads and sills, extend flashing 6 inches at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches to form end dams. 3. Install metal flashing termination beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal flashing termination. 1. Use specified weep / vent products to form weep holes. 2. Space weep holes 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. SECTION 04810 Page 9 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES D. Place cavity drainage material in cavities to comply with configuration requirements for cavity drainage material in Part 2 "Miscellaneous Masonry Accessories" Article. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspectors: Engage a qualified independent inspectors to perform inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas, as needed to perform inspections. 1. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and grades, sizes, and locations of reinforcement. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections indicated below and prepare test reports: 1. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. C. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof. D. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, per ASTM C 140. E. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, per ASTM C 780. 3.8 CLEANING A. In- Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one -half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. 2. Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with cleaner. 3. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water. 4. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 04810 Page 10 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 3.9 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL 5. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8 -2A applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. A. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or soil - contaminated sand, waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed. Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade. 2. Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 04810 MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • • SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS II PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes, but not limited to, the following: 1. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports. 2. Aluminum reglets and reveals at exterior stucco finish and porcelain tiles. 111 3. Exterior steel railings and guardrails. 4. Exterior custom - fabricated plant hangers. 5. Miscellaneous steel trim. 6. Steel roof ladder and safety cage. 7. Steel bollards. 8. Steel gates at Trash Enclosure. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data for items specified. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. C. Templates: For anchors and bolts. D. Fabricator to design and document plate sizes, welds, connections, and other necessary accessories for custom - fabricated plant hangers. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. B. Ferrous Metals: 1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold- formed steel tubing. 3. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. C. Nonferrous Metals: Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221, alloy 6063 -T6. 2. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, Alloy 443.0 -F. MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 05500 Page 2 METAL FABRICATIONS 2.2 FASTENERS A. General: Type 304 stainless -steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc - plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe /Zn 5, at exterior walls. Provide stainless -steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Universal Shop Primer: Fast - curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with MPI #79. B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC -Paint 20, high- zinc - dust - content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel. C. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory - packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements for normal- weight, air - entrained, ready -mix concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3000 psi, unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. 2. Weld corners and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. Finish exposed welds smooth and blended. 3. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous. 4. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. 5. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, not less than 24 inches o.c. B. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. C. Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. 1. Exterior Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Galvanized. D. Steel Roof Ladder and Safety Cage (if required): Comply with ANSI A14.3, unless otherwise indicated. MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 I • SECTION 05500 Page 3 METAL FABRICATIONS 1. Space siderails as indicated on Drawings. 2. Steel Ladder Construction: Flat bar siderails, with 3/4- inch - diameter steel bar rungs fitted in centerline of siderails, plug - welded, and ground smooth on outer rail faces. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung. 3. Provide a separate "LadderUP Safety Post" manufactured by the Bilco Company. 4. If required by local jurisdiction, fabricate ladder safety cages to comply with ANSI A14.3. Fabricate from same metal as ladders to which safety cages are attached and assemble by welding or riveting. 5. Finish: Galvanized steel, prime and paint. Color as selected by Architect. I � E. Metal Bollards: Provide 6" diameter pipe posts 4' -0" above grade (concrete filled) as indicated on Drawings. Fabricate from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. Prime and paint bollards. Color as selected by Architect. I' F Guardrails and Steel Railings: Fabricate horizontal and vertical members from Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe as shown on Drawings. Fabricate shapes accurately with welded and smoothly ground joints. Attach to structure as indicated on the drawings. Prime and paint I � railings. Color as selected by Architect. G. Swinging Gates at Trash Enclosure: fl 1. Posts and Rails: Tubular members, ASTM A500, hot - rolled structural quality steel, with ASTM A525 hot - dipped galvanized G90 coating. Provide posts and rails with steel thickness, strength and size to adequately support swinging gates for Trash Enclosure I shown on Drawings. Fabricate shapes accurately with welded and smoothly ground joints. 2. Solid Metal Screening: Fabricate from galvanized, corrugated steel deck panel in gauge appropriate for span between supports and in profile as selected by Architect. 3. Accessories: Attach steel panels to rails using fasteners that will prevent removal and I vandalism. 4. Finish: Shop -prime and field -paint in colors as selected by Architect. 5. Flanged Posts: Provide flange type base plates with 4 holes for surface mounting of posts where indicated. 6. Gates Hardware: Provide galvanized hardware and accessories for each gate according to the following: I a. Hinges: Size, quantity, and material to suit gate size, non -lift -off type, and offset to permit 180 - degree gate opening. b. Latch: Forked type or lunger -bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, I c. with padlock eye as an integral part of latch. Keeper: Provide a keeper for vehicle gates that automatically engages gate leaf and holds it in the open position until manually released. d. Gate Stops: Provide gate stops for double gates consisting of mushroom -type flush I plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plunger bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. I H. Aluminum Reveals between Stucco and Tiles: Pre - fabricated and pre - finished aluminum F -shape reveal by Fry Reglet Corp. or as approved, installed as shown on the Drawings. Aluminum shall be extruded alloy 6063 T5, with clear anodized finish, unless otherwise selected by Architect. I I MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 I SECTION 05500 Page 4 METAL FABRICATIONS I. Plant Hangers: Custom fabricated plant hanger in shape and size indicated on the Drawings, including pre- finished steel plates, brackets, hooks, and other accessories necessary for complete installation. Color as selected by Architect. Coordinate locations with irrigation. 2.5 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. B. Steel Finishes: 1. Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M as applicable. Galvanize embedded or exterior exposed structural and non - structural metal fabrications and connections. 1 2. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous -metal surfaces to comply with requirements indicated below for environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: a. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1 B): SSPC -SP 6 /NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 3. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, to comply with SSPC -PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting," for shop painting. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true. 1. Fit exposed connections accurately together. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. 2. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in -place construction. 3. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on cleaned surfaces using wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts and pack solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout. C. Bollards: 1. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Support and brace bollards in position until concrete has cured. 2. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface to shed water. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 Family Fun Center New Retail Building Gate Installation: 1. Install gates plumb, level, secure, and to operate for full opening without interference. Attach hardware by means which will prevent unauthorized removal. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary. E. Touch up surfaces and finishes after erection. 1. Painted Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and touch up paint with the same material as used for shop painting. 2. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 05500 SECTION 05500 Page 5 METAL FABRICATIONS MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • • I I 1 I 1 A I I I I I I I I I I I (Blank Page) MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 i • • SECTION 06105 MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL II 1.1 SUMMARY H A. This Section includes the following: 1. Miscellaneous lumber. 2. Panel products. d 1.2 SUBMITTALS H A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory- fabricated product indicated. 1. Include data for wood - preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that materials comply with requirements. I PART 2 - PRODUCTS I 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. I 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2- inch nominal thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wood Structural Panels: 1. Plywood: DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2, unless otherwise indicated. I 2.2 WOOD- PRESERVATIVE - TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood), I except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). B. Kiln -dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 I percent for plywood. C. Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the I American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: I 1. Wood cants, nailers, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. I MulvannyG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 r • s 1 SECTION 06105 Page 2 MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 2. Wood sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. Provide miscellaneous lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Furring. B. Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated and into shapes shown. C. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Standard or No. 3 grade lumber per with 19 percent maximum moisture content of any species. D. For concealed boards, provide Standard or No. 3 Common grade lumber with 19 percent J maximum moisture content and any species and grades. 2.4 PANEL PRODUCTS A. Miscellaneous Concealed Plywood: Exterior grade sheathing, span rating to suit framing in each location, and thickness as shown on Drawings. I 2.5 FASTENERS A. General: Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Power - Driven Fasteners: CABO NER -272. C. Screws for Fastening to Cold- Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Securely attach carpentry work as indicated and according to applicable codes and recognized standards. C. Countersink fastener heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 i 0 SECTION 06105 Page 3 MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY D. Wood Structural Panels: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in APA Form No. E30K, "APA Design /Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial," for types of structural - use panels and applications indicated. END OF SECTION 06105 1 1 1 1 1 r Family Fun Center New Retail Building MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • • SECTION 07115 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes hot - applied and cold - applied, emulsified - asphalt dampproofing. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING Odor Elimination: For concealed -in -wall uses where indicated on Drawings, provide dampproofing material warranted by manufacturer to be substantially odor free after drying for 24 hours under normal conditions. B. Hot - Applied Asphalt Dampproofing: ASTM D 449, Type I. 1. Manufacturers: a. Meadows, W. R., Inc. b. Owens Corning; Trumbull Division. C. Cold- Applied, Emulsified - Asphalt Dampproofing: 1. Trowel Coats: ASTM D 1227, Type II, Class 1. 2. Brush and Spray Coats: ASTM D 1227, Type III, Class 1. 3. Manufacturers: a. Euclid Chemical Company (The). b. Meadows, W. R., Inc. c. Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex, Inc. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS B. Asphalt- Coated Glass Fabric: ASTM D 1668, Type I. C. Protection Course, Polystyrene Type: If necessary, fan - folded, rigid, extruded - polystyrene board insulation; nominal thickness not less than 3/16 inch. Family Fun Center New Retail Building Emulsified - Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 1227, Type III, Class 1, except diluted with water as recommended by manufacturer. MulvannyG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07115 Page 2 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION, GENERAL A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to work; fill voids, seal joints, and apply bond breakers if any, as recommended by prime material manufacturer. B. Apply dampproofing to footings and foundation walls from finished -grade line to top of footing, extend over top of footing, and down a minimum of 6 inches over outside face of footing. 1. Extend 12 inches onto intersecting walls and footings, but do not extend onto surfaces exposed to view when Project is completed. 2. Install fleshings and corner protection stripping at internal and external corners, changes in plane, construction joints, cracks, and where shown as "reinforced," by embedding an fl- inch wide strip of asphalt- coated glass fabric in a heavy coat of dampproofing. Dampproofing coat required for embedding fabric is in addition to other coats required. C. Apply dampproofing to provide continuous plane of protection on exterior face of sheathing of the exterior masonry veneer cavity walls. D. Contractor's Options: Provide hot - applied or cold - applied, emulsified - asphalt dampproofing, as specified in subsequent articles for substrates indicated, within the following limitations: 1. Use hot - applied asphalt dampproofing only on exterior, below -grade surfaces of building. 2. Use cold - applied, emulsified - asphalt dampproofing on surfaces other than below -grade exterior surfaces. 3.2 HOT - APPLIED ASPHALT DAMPPROOFING A. Do not apply hot asphalt when substrate condition causes foaming. B. Prime masonry and other porous substrates. C. Apply a uniform coat of hot asphalt by mopping or spraying at not less than 20 lb or 2.5 gal. /100 sq. ft. Apply a second coat to below -grade foundation walls as specified above. 3.3 COLD - APPLIED, EMULSIFIED - ASPHALT DAMPPROOFING A. On Concrete Foundations: Apply spray two brush or s coats at not less than 1.5 gal. /100 sq. ft. for Y first coat and 1 gal. /100 sq. ft. for second coat, one fibered brush or spray coat at not less than 3 gal. /100 sq. ft., or one trowel coat at not less than 4 gal. /100 sq. ft. B. On Concrete Backup for Veneer Assemblies: Apply one brush or spray coat at not less than 1 gal. /100 sq. ft. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION COURSE A. Where indicated, install protection course over completed- and -cured dampproofing. Comply with dampproofing material manufacturer's written recommendations for attaching protection course. r 7100 Fun Center Way Fun Center Y MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 MulvannvG2 Architecture 0 SECTION 07115 Page 3 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING Support protection course with spot application of trowel -grade mastic where not otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION 07115 I' MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07115 Page 4 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING Family Fun Center New Retail Building 111 S I 1 I I I I 1 I I a I I I I I MulvannvG2 Architecture I (Blank Page) 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • i SECTION 07161 MODIFIED CEMENT WATERPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes modified cement waterproofing on vertical surfaces at landscape planters. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, and material descriptions and installation instructions for modified cement waterproofing. B. Samples for Selection: For each type of modified cement waterproofing indicated. 1. Include Samples of available color selection. C. Product Certificates: For each type of modified cement waterproofing, signed by product manufacturer. D. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer. E. Material Test Reports: For each modified cement waterproofing product. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Mockups: Provide mockups of modified . cement waterproofing to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate'aesthetic effects. 1. Architect will select locations of mockups that represent typical surfaces and conditions for applications of modified cement waterproofing. a. Vertical Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 10 sq. ft. H 2. Apply waterproofing according to requirements for the completed Work after permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with application only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit modified cement waterproofing to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07161 Page 2 MODIFIED CEMENT WATERPROOFING Proceed with waterproofing work only after pipe sleeves, vents, curbs, inserts, drains, and other projections through the substrate to be waterproofed have been completed. Proceed only after concrete and masonry substrate defects, including honeycombs, voids, and cracks, have been repaired to provide a sound substrate free of forming materials, including reveal inserts. Ambient Conditions: Proceed with waterproofing work only if temperature is maintained at 40 deg F or above during work and cure period, and space is well ventilated and kept free of water. 1.6 WARRANTY I Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer and installer agree to repair or replace components of modified cement waterproofing that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure to maintain watertight conditions within specified warranty period. b. Bond failure. 2. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard warranty. I 2.1 MATERIALS A. Provide all cementitious waterproofing materials from a single source manufacturer. ' B. Prepackaged, Modified Cement Waterproofing: Use "Sonnoblock ", a two- component, polymer - modified cementitious waterproofing by Sonneborn, a Division of ChemRex, or approved equal. 1. Blend of selected Portland cements, specially graded aggregates, water - reducing agents, and admixtures for control of set time and shrinkage, producing waterproofing mortar suitable for vertical or overhead application below, on, or above grade levels. 2. Breathable. 3. Resistant to positive and negative hydrostatic pressure. C. Cementitious Waterproofing Additive: Use "Sonocrete Acrylic Additive ", a 30 percent acrylic ' solids by weight, by Sonneborne, or approved equal. Patching Compound: Use "Sonocrete Gel Patch ", a one - component, polymer - modified Portland cement repair mortar, by Sonneborne, or approved equal. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Family Fun Center New Retail Building E. Joint Treatment: Use product recommended by manufacturer. 2.2 COLORS A. Color: Integral color as selected by Architect. 2.3 PROPORTION AND DESIGN OF MIXES A. Prepackaged, Modified Cement Waterproofing: MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 i I . 0 I SECTION 07161 Page 3 MODIFIED CEMENT WATERPROOFING 1 1 Add prepackaged dry ingredients to mixing liquid according to manufacturer's written instructions. Mix together with mechanical mixer or by hand to required consistency. I PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, with Applicator and authorized manufacturer's representative present, where waterproofing is to be applied. I 1. Proceed with application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2. Notify Architect in writing of active leaks or structural defects that would affect system performance. I 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect other work from damage from cleaning, preparation, and application of modified cement I waterproofing. Provide temporary enclosure to confine spraying operation, and to ensure adequate ambient temperatures and ventilation conditions for application. I B. Stop active water leaks according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions. C. Repair damaged or unsatisfactory concrete or masonry according to manufacturer's written instructions. Patch holes and cracks with approved patching compound. II D. Surface Preparation: Comply with waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions to remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, mortar spatter, grease, oils, paint, curing compounds, and form - release agents to ensure that waterproofing bonds to concrete or masonry surfaces. 1. Clean masonry surfaces according to ASTM D 4261. Relieve hydrostatic pressure in masonry with weep holes. if 2. Clean concrete surfaces according to ASTM D 4258. Prepare concrete surfaces with a brush blast. 3. Concrete Joints: Clean reveals according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Continue expansion and control joints through the waterproofing or as directed by the engineer. II 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: Comply with waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions for application. U 1. Dampen surface with water and maintain damp condition until applying waterproofing. Do not saturate substrate. 2. Maintain substrate in a cool, damp condition for entire application. 0 3. Number of Coats: 2 coats, with maximum application thickness of 1/16 inch per coat for total thickness of 1/8 inch. Ha. Apply first bond coat as a slurry with brush or stiff broom, and subsequent coats with brush, spray, or trowel to an even surface finish. b. Dampen surface between coats. U MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07161 Page 4 MODIFIED CEMENT WATERPROOFING Final Coat Finish: Smooth troweled. Finish with a vertical stroke for below grade applications. 1 C. Waterproofing Treatment Extensions: Extend waterproofing treatment where necessary to ensure a watertight installation. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect applied, modified cement waterproofing from rapid drying, severe weather exposure, and water accumulation. Maintain completed Work in moist condition for not less than seven days by covering with impervious sheeting or by other curing procedures recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection: Manufacturer's representative to inspect completed application and to provide a written report that application complies with manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 07161 MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 i i New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 1 I 0 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 = GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Insulation under slabs -on- grade. 2. Foundation wall insulation (supporting backfill). 3. Concealed building insulation. D 4. Vapor retarders. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Product test reports. C. Research /evaluation reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire -test- response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 for surface - burning characteristics, by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. II B. Comply with local jurisdictional requirements. PART 2-PRODUCTS II 2.1 INSULATING MATERIALS I A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards and, for preformed units, in sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. I B. Extruded - Polystyrene Board Insulation, Closed Cell (Underslab): ASTM C 578, Type IV, 1.60 lb /cu. ft., with maximum flame- spread and smoke - developed indices of 75 and 450, in thickness indicated on Drawings. Expanded polystyrene, (EPS, or beadboard) will not be considered or I permitted. C. Extruded - Polystyrene Drainage Panels (Foundation): ASTM C 578, Type IV, 1.60 lb /cu. ft. and fabricated with one side having a matrix of drainage and edge channels. I D. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation (Roof): See Section 07537 "Fully Adhered EDPM Roofing ". i MulvannyG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07210 Page 2 BUILDING INSULATION Mineral -fiber blanket insulation consisting of fibers manufactured from glass: 1. Unfaced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame - spread and smoke - developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. Provide insulation having R -value or thickness indicated on Drawings. 2. Faced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type III, Class A; Category 1, faced with foil- scrim -kraft, foil- scrim, or foil - scrim- polyethylene vapor- retarder membrane on one face. 2.2 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Vapor Retarder (Underslab): Minimum 15 -mil thick polyolefin geomembrane meeting ASTM E1745, Class A. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure- sensitive tape. Include pressure- sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor - retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder B. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder (Under Rigid Insulation on Roof): ASTM D 4397, 6 mils thick, with maximum permeance rating of 0.13 perm. Include pressure- sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor- retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. C. Weather Resistive Barrier (Walls): See Section 09253 "Gypsum Sheathing." 2.3 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS A. Fasteners: Factory- coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion - resistance provisions of FM 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. B. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. C. Protection Board: Premolded, semirigid asphalt/fiber composition board, 1/4 inch thick, formed under heat and pressure, of standard sizes. D. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain or required for positive drainage. Fabricate to slopes indicated. 2.4 INSULATION FASTENERS A. Fasteners: Factory- coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion - resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer and Structural Engineer. B. Anchor Adhesive: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation anchors securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, fasteners, and substrates. Family Fun Center New Retail Building MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 • d► SECTION 07210 Page 3 BUILDING INSULATION PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install insulation to comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. B. Install perimeter insulation on vertical surfaces by setting units in adhesive. 1. If not otherwise indicated, extend insulation a minimum of 24 inches below exterior grade line. 2. Protect below -grade insulation on vertical surfaces from damage during backfilling by applying protection board set in adhesive. C. Installation of roof Insulation: See Section 07537 "Fully Adhered EPDM Roofing ". D. Installation of General Building Insulation: Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, D bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. 1. Seal joints between closed -cell (nonbreathing) insulation units by applying adhesive, mastic, or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive, mastic, or sealant. 2. Set vapor- retarder -faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction, unless otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces, except for firestopping. a. Tape joints and ruptures in vapor retarder, and seal each continuous area of insulation to surrounding construction to ensure airtight installation. 3. Install mineral -fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: a. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. b. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 4. For metal- framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches support unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping stapling flanges to flanges of metal studs. 5. Install insulation where it contacts perimeter fire- containment system to prevent insulation from bowing under pressure from perimeter fire - containment system. 6. Stuff glass -fiber into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where shown. Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb /cu. ft. E. Installation of Vapor Retarders: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in place with adhesives or other anchorage system as i MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Il New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07210 Page 4 BUILDING INSULATION indicated. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose -fiber insulation. 1. Seal overlapping joints in vapor retarders with adhesives or vapor- retarder tape according to vapor- retarder manufacturer's instructions. Seal butt joints and fastener penetrations with vapor- retarder tape. Locate all joints over framing members or other solid substrates. 2. Firmly attach vapor retarders to substrates with mechanical fasteners or adhesives as recommended by vapor- retarder manufacturer. 3. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor- retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarder. 4. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with vapor- retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder. I END OF SECTION 07210 I I I I I I I I I I MulvannyG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07412 METAL WALL PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Factory- formed and field- assembled, exposed- fastener, exterior metal wall panels and associated flashing, insulation, subgirts, sealants, and fasteners necessary to form a weathertight single skin panel system. B. Related Sections: 1. See Division 9 "Gypsum Sheathing" for substrates behind metal wall panels. 2. See Structural Drawings for structural requirements. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design Requirements: Uninsulated single skin exposed fastener metal wall panel system with ribs /corrugations oriented in the vertical direction. B. Wall panel system shall be manufactured and installed to withstand specified design loads and maintain performance requirements without defects, damage, or failure. C. Provide wall panels with a maximum deflection under loading of L /90. 0 D. Structural Performance: Capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and wind loads indicated on Structural Drawings, based on testing according to ASTM E 330: E. Seismic Performance: Provide metal wall panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures ": Section 9, "Earthquake Loads." F. Air Infiltration: 0.06 cfm /sq. ft. at a positive pressure differential of 1.57 psf when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283. G. There shall be uncontrolled water penetration to the building interior when the wall panel system is tested per ASTM E 331 at a positive pressure differential of 6.24 psf or 20% of the design wind pressure whichever is greater. The test pressure need not exceed 1.2 psf. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of metal wall panel and accessory indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Submit panel shop drawings consisting of design and erection drawings, finish specifications, and other data necessary to clearly describe the design, materials, sizes, layouts, construction details, and erection. 1. Include details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, sealants, penetrations, and accessories. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07412 Page 2 METAL WALL PANELS 2. Shop drawings must be approved prior to fabrication. I C. Submit structural design calculations, in accordance with the AISI Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members, for the metal wall panel system, certified by a professional engineer registered in the state where the project is located. D. Coordination Drawings: Drawn to scale and coordinating metal wall panel installation with penetrations and wall- mounted items. E. Samples: 1. Panel: Full panel width by 12 inches long. 2. Fasteners: Two (2) of each type with statement of intended use. 3. Closure: One (1) metal closure and one (1) foam closure as required. 4. Sealants: One (1) sample of each type with statement of intended use. 5. Finishes: For each exposed finish as selected by the Architect. F. Material certificates. G. Product test reports. H. Maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturers Qualifications: The manufacturer shall have had a minimum of ten (10) years experience in the successful completion of projects employing similar materials, applications, and performance requirements. B. Installer Qualifications: The wall systems contractor shall have had a minimum of ten (10) years experience in the successful completion of projects employing similar materials, applications, and performance requirements. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING I A. Materials shall be unloaded and stored per the manufacturer's instructions to prevent damage due to handling and weather. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Product Warranty 1. Material Warranty: Manufacturer's standard warranty that the materials and accessories furnished shall remain free of defects in material and factory workmanship. 2. Finish Warranty: Manufacturer's standard coating performance warranty, against fading, chalking, peeling, cracking, checking, chipping, or erosion to base metal of the exterior panel finish, as available for specified installation and environmental conditions. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 I • 0 I SECTION 07412 Page 3 METAL WALL PANELS 1 B. Contractor's Warranty 1. Warrant panels, flashings, sealants, fasteners and accessories against defective materials III and /or workmanship, to remain watertight and weatherproof with normal usage for two (2) years following Project Substantial Completion date. PART2- PRODUCTS I 2.1 WALL PANELS III A. Wall Panels: "Econolap -3/4" as manufactured by Centria. Profile shall have 34 -2/3 inches of coverage width and 3/4 inch deep symmetrical corrugations spaced at 2.67 inches center to center. III B. Mitered Corners 1. Horizontal wall panel outside corners shall be trimless corners as manufactured by Centria I or equal. a. Mitered corner assemblies shall be notched, bent, and structurally bonded. b. Mitered corner assemblies shall be factory coil coated to match adjacent panels. I 2. Mitered corner assemblies with exposed rivets or fasteners are unacceptable. III 2.2 METAL SOFFIT PANELS A. Metal Soffit Panels: Match profile, material, and finish of metal wall panels, as approved by the II Architect. Include accessories required for weathertight installation. Colors to be selected by Architect. 2.3 MECHANICAL SCREEN METAL PANELS D A. Mechanical Screen Metal Panels: "Super Rib" as manufactured by Centria. Profile shall have 24 inches of coverage width and 4 inch deep symmetrical corrugations spaced at 12 inches center to center, installed horizontally as indicated on the Drawings. ll B. All exterior trim shall be fabricated in the same material, gauge, and finish as the panel profile, unless otherwise noted. Colors shall be selected by the Architect. III C. Framing: See Structural Drawings. II 2.4 FINISHES A. Wall panel material shall be factory coil coated in the manufacturer's standard finishes and colors. U 1. Exposed surface finish shall be Duragard, consisting of 0.8 mil primer with 0.8 mil 70% Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000 color coat. Colors to be selected by the Architect. 2. Unexposed surface finish shall receive a primer and backer coat as follow: III a. Duragard backside finish shall consist of 0.2 primer with 0.3 mil backer coat. 11 MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 III 0 1 SECTION 07412 Page 4 METAL WALL PANELS 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal wall panel assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal wall panels, unless otherwise indicated. Colors as selected by Architect. B. All exterior flashing and trim shall be fabricated in the same material, gauge, and finish as the exterior profile, unless otherwise noted. Colors shall be selected by the Architect. C. Wall panel fasteners shall be #14 minimum diameter, self - tapping, with hex head. 1. Exposed fasteners shall be 300 series stainless steel with 5/8" bonded neoprene and stainless steel washers coated to match the exterior panel color. 2. Concealed fasteners shall be cadmium plated carbon steel. D. Subgirts shall be fabricated from minimum 16 -gauge zinc coated steel conforming to ASTM A 653 SQ Grade 37, G90 coating. E. Closures shall be metal and /or foam as required. Foam shall be a pre -cut profile closure of closed cell foam. Metal closures shall be fabricated from the same material, gauge, finish, and color as the exterior metal panel. I F. Sealants: 1. Hidden sealant at all side laps, end laps, and flashing details shall be gun grade non- curing I butyl or polymeric non - skinning butyl tape to ensure weather tightness. G. Bituminous Coating: Cold- applied asphalt mastic, SSPC -Paint 12, compounded for 15 -mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FRAMING I A. Steel Sheet Components, General: Complying with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal and with manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant zinc coating. 1 B. Subgirts: C- or Z- shaped sections fabricated from 0.0598 -inch bare steel thickness, shop - painted, cold- formed, metallic- coated steel sheet. C. Base or Sill Channels: 0.079 -inch bare steel thickness, cold- formed, galvanized steel sheet. D. Hat - Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645. I 1. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch. 2. Depth: As indicated. I E. Cold - Rolled Furring Channels: 0.0538 -inch bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2- inch -wide flange. 1. Depth: As indicated. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 • 0 II SECTION 07412 Page 5 METAL WALL PANELS 1 2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated -edge type of steel sheet with minimum bare steel thickness of 0.0312 inch. 3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625- inch - diameter III wire, or double strand of 0.0475- inch - diameter wire. 2.7 FABRICATION III A. General: Fabricate and finish metal wall panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles 1 and with dimensional and structural requirements. 1. Form panel lines, breaks, and angles to be sharp and true, with surfaces free from warp and buckle. II 2. Fabricate wall panels with panel stiffeners as required to maintain fabrication tolerances and to withstand design loads. 0 B. Fabricate metal wall panels in a manner that eliminates condensation on interior side of panel and with joints between panels designed to form weathertight seals. C. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of 0 panel. D. Where indicated, fabricate metal wall panel joints with factory- installed captive gaskets or 0 separator strips that provide a tight seal and prevent metal -to- metal contact, in a manner that will minimize noise from movements within panel assembly. E. Sheet Metal Accessories: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in H SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. HF. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. PART 3 - EXECUTION U 3.1 PREPARATION H A. Substrate Board: See Division 9 "Gypsum Sheathing ". B. Install flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." II C. Miscellaneous Framing: Install subgirts, base angles, sills, furring, and other miscellaneous wall panel support members and anchorage according to ASTM C 754 and metal wall panel D manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.2 METAL PANEL INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Follow manufacturer's written instructions covering the tools, fasteners, sealants, and assembly procedures required to achieve the structural, thermal, and weathering performance specified. i MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 II • 1 SECTION 07412 Page 6 METAL WALL PANELS B. Coordinate work with other trades as required to insure proper flashing and seals with adjoining construction. C. Install metal panels in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated on Drawings. Install panels perpendicular to girts and subgirts, unless otherwise indicated. Anchor metal panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Field cutting of metal wall panels by torch is not permitted. 2. Rigidly fasten base end of metal panels and allow eave end free movement due to thermal expansion and contraction. Predrill panels. 3. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes. 4. Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices and end laps to avoid a four -panel lap splice condition. 5. Apply elastomeric sealant continuously between metal base channel (sill angle) and concrete, and elsewhere as indicated or, if not indicated, as necessary for waterproofing. 6. Provide weatherproof escutcheons for pipe and conduit penetrating exterior walls. D. Fasteners: 1. Steel Wall Panels: Use stainless -steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior and galvanized steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior. E. Metal filings caused by cutting and drilling shall be immediately removed from finished surfaces to prevent rusting and staining. F. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by applying rubberized- asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer. 1. Coat back side of aluminum wall panels with bituminous coating where wall panels will contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. G. Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of metal wall panel assemblies. 1. Seal metal wall panel end laps with double beads of tape or sealant, full width of panel. Seal side joints where recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 3.3 FIELD - ASSEMBLED METAL PANEL INSTALLATION A. Lap -Seam Metal Wall Panels:. Fasten metal wall panels to supports with fasteners at each lapped joint at location and spacing recommended by manufacturer. 1. Arrange and nest side -lap joints so prevailing winds blow over, not into, lapped joints. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib corrugation. 2. Provide metal - backed washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal wall panels. 3. Provide sealant tape at lapped joints of metal wall panels and between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07412 Page 7 METAL WALL PANELS 4. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant tape to weather -side surface of fastenings on end laps, and on side laps of nesting -type panels; on side laps of corrugated nesting -type, ribbed, or fluted panels; and elsewhere as needed to make panels weatherproof to driving rains. 5. At panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6 -inch end lap, sealed with butyl- rubber sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates. B. Metal Soffit Panels: Provide metal soffit panels full width of soffits. Install panels perpendicular to support framing. Flash and seal panels with weather closures where metal soffit panels meet walls and at perimeter of all openings. 3.4 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 1. Install components required for a complete metal wall panel assembly including trim, copings, corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. 2. Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal panels are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. B. After metal wall panel installation, clear weep holes and drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, and sealant. Family Fun Center New Retail Building END OF SECTION 07412 MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07412 Page 8 METAL WALL PANELS Family Fun Center New Retail Building (Blank Page) MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 i 1 1 a� SECTION 07537 FULLY ADHERED EPDM ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install a fully adhered EPDM membrane roofing system onto mechanically attached insulation boards, in strict accordance with drawings, specifications and manufacturer's written instructions and details. D 1.2 SUBMITTALS: Prior to installation of the roofing system, submit to the Architect for review: A. If, prior to bid, alternative materials are proposed to be used due to lack of availability, submit a letter from the specified manufacturer acknowledging this situation. B. A list of materials the roofing contractor intends to use on the job. C. A signed statement that all the materials listed therein meet the reference standards of these specifications. 0 D. A copy of the primary roofing manufacturers publications applicable to the proposed system. Highlight individual system in publication. E. Person designated as Quality Controller for the roofing portion of the project. F. Submit shop drawings accepted by an authorized manufacturer's representative, indicating roof size, location and types of penetrations, perimeter and penetration details, roof insulation layout and makeup. G. Submit two (2) copies of manufacturer's warranty. D H. Submit manufacturer's installation specifications or instructions. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation shall be by an authorized manufacturer's systems applicator. There shall be no deviation made from the specifications or drawings without prior written approval from the membrane system manufacturer. Upon completion of the installation, an inspection shall be II made by a technical representative of membrane system manufacturer. B. Installer Qualifications 1. At time of bid, submit a letter from manufacturer certifying that the roofing contractor is a manufacturer licensed applicator and is authorized to install the specified EPDM roofing system eligible for fifteen (15) year guarantee. 2. A single installer shall perform the work of this Section and shall have completed projects of similar scope and complexity. 3. Manufacturer's representative to attend pre - roofing conference. 4. Manufacturer's representative to make final inspection prior to issuance of guarantee. C. Quality Controller: General Contractor shall designate one person to act as Quality Controller for the roofing application. During roofing, this person shall observe the application and report all MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07537 Page 2 EPDM FULLY ADHERED ROOFING discrepancies immediately to the Architect. Quality Controller shall prepare daily log reports of the roofing installation. Reports shall contain: 1. Starting Time and Temperature, Daily. 2. Stopping Time and Temperature, Daily. 3. General Comments on the Application. 4. At completion of roofing, Quality Controller, shall submit the daily log report of the roofing installation to the Architect. D. Field Conditions: Prior to roofing, Manufacturer's representative, Quality Controller and roofing applicator shall inspect the roof deck, related work and adjacent surfaces. Report all conditions which prevent proper execution of this work to the General Contractor and the Architect. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials, insulation and accessories in manufacturer's protective containers with labels intact and legible. Store materials between 60 °F and 80 °F in dry area and protect. B. Handle rolled goods to prevent damage. Damaged materials shall not be used on the project. I C. Store all roofing and insulation materials off ground, on clean, raised platforms with weather - protective covering. All material not stored according to manufacturer's recommendations shall be removed from the job site. 1.5 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS A. Proceed with installation of insulation and elastomeric sheet roofing work only when weather conditions comply with manufacturer's recommendations, and will permit materials to be applied and cured in accordance with those recommendations. B. Do not exceed temperature limitations recommended by roofing manufacturer. C. Apply roofing only when correct temperature of adhesives can be maintained and when no moisture in any and all forms is present on the roof. D. CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS: Hexane, heptane, white gas, adhesives and caulk are extremely flammable. DO NOT USE NEAR FIRE OR FLAME OR IN A CONFINED OR UNVENTILATED AREA. Consult manufacturer's MSDS for additional precautions. 1.6 PROTECTION I A. By the end of each day's construction, the entire roof membrane must be completed and flashing installed around completed roof section. B. Before stopping each day work, protect unfinished roofing with Night Sealant Caulking, as a full water cut -off. Allow NO WATER to enter roof system during construction. REMOVE all night seals before continuing the roof installation. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Provide twenty (20) year membrane, together•with specified manufacturer's roofing system warranty from the date of completion of roofing membrane installation. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • a► SECTION 07537 Page 3 EPDM FULLY ADHERED ROOFING B. Warranty to cover roof insulation, membrane, base flashing and all other related products, quality performance and installation for fifteen (15) years with a no dollar limit. Warranty costs are to be part of roofing bid. C. Prior to applicator leaving the jobsite, Manufacturer, Quality Controller and applicator shall provide complete roof inspection, noting all required corrective action, arid re- inspection if deemed necessary. D. Roofing Manufacturer, Roofing Applicator and Quality Controller will inspect completed work. Make all corrective work by applicator prior to leaving job site. Quality Controller to submit list of corrective items to Architect. Architect will make another roofing inspection at substantial completion of project, which may result in another list of corrective items. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL: Components to be listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as "Class A" and by Factory Mutual as 1 -60 rated roofing system. 2.2 MEMBRANE A. Un- reinforced 60 mil black EPDM membrane. Provide a system made or marketed by the same manufacturer. Use one of the following: 1. . "Fully Adhered System" by Firestone Building Products Co. 2. "Sure -Seal Design "A" Adhered Roofing System ", Carlisle SynTec Inc., Division of Carlisle Corporation. 3. Or as approved. 2.3 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Provide preformed roof insulation boards that comply with requirements, selected from D manufacturer's standard sizes and of thicknesses indicated. 1. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Rigid, cellular polyisocyanurate thermal insulation with core formed by using HCFCs as blowing agents to comply with ASTM C 1289, Type II, felt or glass -fiber mat on both major surfaces, by Firestone Building Products Co. or approved by Architect. 2. Fasteners: Factory- coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion - resistance provisions of FM 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. 2.4 VAPOR RETARDERS: See Section 07210 "Building Insulation ". 2.5 RELATED MATERIALS A. Uncured Neoprene /EPDM Flashing B. Bonding Adhesive and Primer, C. Vertical Wall Terminations: Where membrane terminates on vertical surfaces, use continuous metal termination bars and water cut -off mastic. Install under metal flashing, counterflashing, and reglets. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • i SECTION 07537 Page 4 EPDM FULLY ADHERED ROOFING E. Pipe Flashing and Boots: Use pre - molded EPDM Pipe Flashing, together with stainless steel D. Wood Blocking /Nailers: Pressure Treated Preservative #2 Construction Grade -or better. clamping rings, and Lap Sealant. F. Expansion Joints: Fabrication of compressible tube with diameter equal to joint, upper and lower flanges from roofing membrane, assembled and installed according to manufacturer's instructions. Use "RubberGard Raised Curb Expansion Joint" by Firestone Building Products, "Expand -O- Flash" units by Johns Manville, Inc., or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SUBSTRATE INSPECTION A. Examine substrate to assure continuity, integrity, deck support and attachments to supporting structure before proceeding. Verify the substrate is proper to receive the insulation and roofing system. Correct all defects before proceeding. 3.2 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION A. Assure the deck be designed and constructed to provide adequate drainage, without low areas where ponding water can occur. Make adjustments as needed to get substrate smooth, clean, and uniformly sloped. 3.3 INSULATION INSTALLATION: A. Install multiple layers of insulation under area of roofing to achieve thickness and R -value indicated on Drawings. Install multiple layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches in each direction. B. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. C. Mechanically Fastened and Adhered Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and secure first layer of insulation to deck using mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for fastening specified board -type roof insulation to deck type. 1. Fasten first layer of insulation to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof. 2. Install subsequent layers of insulation in adhesive recommended by manufacturer for specified roofing system. 3.4 VAPOR RETARDER INSTALLATION: See Section 07210 "Building Insulation." 3.5 PERIMETER WOOD BLOCKING A. Install pressure treated wood nailers at roof edges, thickness adjusted so the top of nailer is flush with the top of adjacent insulation recovery board. Family Fun Center 1. Cut nailers to fit and close between metal roofing corrugations, rolled ribs, and seams at roof ends. MulvannyG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 • 0 II EPDM FULLY ADHERED ROOFING SECTION 07537 Page 5 J 2. Install an additional nailer at metal roofing ends to provide a continuous, straight surface for nail attachment of roofing membrane to structure. 3. Provide curbs and other wood where needed to get straight, smooth, continuous surfaces for edge nailing of roofing membrane. I 3.6 ROOFING MEMBRANE: I A. Make seams by cleaning the seam areas of both roofing membrane sheets with an approved cleaner to remove all visible talc and other contaminants. If Seam Tape is used, the seam area of both sheets need only be primed. Adhere seams with Seam Tape or Seam Adhesive. DO NOT USE THIN ADHESIVES! 1. If Seam Tape is used, unroll and position the tape with release liner up, so that 1/8" to 3/8" of the tape protrudes beyond the splice edge of the bottom sheet. Remove the release liner. The cleaned and primed top sheet is positioned and rolled into the tape making sure that the tape extends 1/8" to 3/8" beyond the splice edge on the bottom sheet. Roll the splice with a steel roller to insure maximum contact. It is not necessary to caulk the splice edge when Seam Tape is used except at seam intersections. At seam intersections, splice edges must be caulked a minimum of twelve (12)" in all directions using Edge Caulk. 2. If splices made using Seam Adhesive, apply an even coat of adhesive to each bonding surface avoiding globs and puddles. Allow adhesive to dry until it is slightly tacky to a dry finger touch. Allow top membrane to fall freely onto the bottom membrane without stretching. Immediately apply pressure to bring the bonding surfaces into complete contact. 3. Hand roll the entire splice with a steel roller. IMPORTANT! Clean an area on both sheets at least two (2) inches each way from the edge of the splice. Lay a "High Profile" bead of caulk along the entire edge of the splice. Insure that the bead covers the step -down edge and DO NOT SCREED! 4. Caulk all splices before day's end. B. All roof penetrations and flashing must use membrane roofing system manufacturer's standard details. Install a night seal at the completion of each day's work, taking care to guarantee that NO water flows beneath any completed sections of the roof. C. Extend membrane up parapet walls and down the outside edge a minimum of two inches. Mechanically fasten membrane securely at terminations and as recommended by manufacturer. 3.7 JOINTS, FLASHING, TRIM, AND ACCESSORIES 0 A. Provide EPDM roof flashing, new metal reglets, flashing, trim, and accessories as required to get a complete, weatherproof installation covered by the Warranty described above. END OF SECTION 07537 111 MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07537 Page 6 EPDM FULLY ADHERED ROOFING Family Fun Center New Retail Building (Blank Page) MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 i SECTION 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM I PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Roof flashing and trim. 2. Wall flashing and trim. 3. Pre - fabricated and pre- finished coping. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts, profiles, shapes, seams, dimensions, and details for fastening, joining, supporting, and anchoring sheet metal flashing and trim. C. Samples: For each type of sheet metal flashing and trim. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METALS A. Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; structural quality, mill phosphatized for field painting. Color selected to match adjacent material color, as approved by Architect. B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3004, 3105, or 5005, Temper suitable for forming and structural performance required, but not less than H14, finished as follows: I` 1. Factory Prime Coating: Factory- applied, baked -on epoxy primer coat. u 2. Siliconized- Polyester Coating: Epoxy primer and silicone - modified, polyester - enamel topcoat. Color selected to match adjacent material color, as approved by Architect. U C. Prepainted, Metallic- Coated Steel Sheet: Steel sheet metallic coated by the hot -dip process and prepainted by the coil- coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. 1. Exposed Finishes: Apply the following coil coating: a. Factory Prime Coating: Factory- applied, baked -on epoxy primer coat. b. Siliconized- Polyester Coating: Epoxy primer and silicone - modified, polyester - enamel topcoat; with a dry film thickness of not less than 0.2 mil for primer and 0.8 mil for topcoat. Color as selected by Architect. D MulvannyG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07620 Page 2 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 2.2 SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Copings: 1. Fabricate in minimum 96 -inch long, but not exceeding 10 -foot long, sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and drill elongated holes for fasteners on interior leg. Miter corners, seal, and solder or weld watertight. 2. Pre - formed, pre- manufactured, pre- finished coping, shaped as indicated on Drawings and as approved by Architect. 3. Fabricate copings from prepainted, metallic- coated steel sheet. B. Masonry Thru -Wall Flashing: Fabricate from asphalt impregnated copper. C. Wall Flashing and Counterflashing: Provide metal flashing, where flashing is exposed or partly exposed and where indicated. Fabricate from aluminum or galvanized steel sheet. Match adjacent metal wall panel material, color, and finish. 1. Drip Edges: Extend at least 3 inches into wall and 1/2 inch out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed. 2. Flashing Terminations: Extend at least 3 inches into wall and out to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall, bend metal back on itself for 3/4 inch and down into joint 3/8 inch to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod. D. Roof Penetration Flashing: See Section 07537 "Fully Adhered EPDM Roofing ". 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation. B. Felt Underlayment: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt- saturated organic felt, nonperforated. 1. Slip Sheet: Rosin -sized paper, minimum 3 lb /100 sq. ft. C. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self- tapping screws, self - locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. 1. Nails for Copper Sheet: Copper or hardware bronze, 0.109 inch minimum and not less than 7/8 inch long, barbed with large head. 2. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal by means of plastic caps or factory- applied coating. 3. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self - drilling screws, gasketed, with hex washer head. 4. Blind Fasteners: High - strength aluminum or stainless -steel rivets. D. Sealing Tape: Pressure - sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing tape with release -paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape. E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use I classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. MulvannvG2 Architecture I Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 I 1 1 New Retail Building II a� SECTION 07620 Page 3 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single - component, solvent - release butyl rubber sealant, polyisobutylene plasticized, heavy bodied for hooked -type expansion joints with limited movement. G. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two -part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam - cementing compound. H. Bituminous Coating: Cold- applied asphalt mastic, SSPC -Paint 12, compounded for 15 -mil dry film thickness per coat. 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Fabricate metal flashing, trim, copings, and other metal components to be compatible with and matching the adjacent metal panel wall system. Follow metal wall panel manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. Shop fabricate items where practicable. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. C. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 1. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat -lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength. 2. Seams for other than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat -lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. D. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations. E. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions in the Work cannot be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints. F. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible on exposed -to -view sheet metal flashing and trim, unless otherwise indicated. G. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal, and in thickness not less than that of metal being secured. U PART 3 - EXECUTION 11 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Where work becomes integral with the metal wall panel system, install metal flashing, trim, copings, and other metal components in accordance with metal wall panel manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way Tukwila, Washington 98188 MulvannyG2 Architecture MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Printed on April 17, 2006 0 SECTION 07620 Page 4 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or manufacturers of dissimilar metals. I D. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks. E. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and elastomeric sealant. F. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 1. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Anchor each cleat with two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. G. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints. H. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than 1 -1/4 inches for nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws. 1. Galvanized or Prepainted, Metallic- Coated Steel: Use stainless -steel fasteners. 2. Aluminum: Use aluminum or stainless -steel fasteners. 3. Copper: Use copper or stainless -steel fasteners. I. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required for watertight construction. J. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1 -1/2 inches except where pretinned surface would show in finished Work. 1. Do not solder prepainted, metallic- coated steel sheet. 3.2 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight. i MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 I • . ii SECTION 07620 Page 5 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM I B. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1 -49. 1. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleats anchored to substrate at 16 -inch centers. 2. Anchor interior leg of coping with screw fasteners and washers at 18 -inch centers. I C. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Secure in a waterproof manner. Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing I joints a minimum of 4 inches and bed with butyl sealant. D. Roof - Penetration Flashing: See Section 07537 "Fully Adhered EPDM Roofing ". II END OF SECTION 07620 I I 1I II U U U U II MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07620 Page 6 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM I (Blank Page) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. Manufacturers: SECTION 07720 ROOF ACCESSORIES a. Bilco Company (The). b. Custom Curb, Inc. c. J. L. Industries, Inc. d. Milcor Inc.; a Gibraltar Company. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Roof curbs, by Mechanical Design - Build. 2. Roof hatches. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of roof accessory indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for roof accessories. C. Samples: For each type of exposed factory - applied finish required and for each type of roof accessory indicated, prepared on Samples of size to adequately show color. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet Metal Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" details for fabrication of units, including flanges and cap flashing to coordinate with type of roofing indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coated and mill phosphatized for field painting. 2.2 ROOF CURBS: by Mechanical Design - Build. 2.3 ROOF HATCHES A. Roof Hatches: Fabricate roof hatches with insulated double -wall lids and insulated double -wall curb frame with integral deck mounting flange and lid frame counterflashing. Fabricate with welded or mechanically fastened and sealed corner joints. Provide continuous weathertight perimeter gasketing and equip with corrosion - resistant or hot -dip galvanized hardware. 2. Type and Size: Single -leaf lid, 30 by 36 inches. 3. Curb and Lid Material: Galvanized steel sheet, 0.079 inch thick, factory primed and prepared for painting with welded or sealed mechanical corner joints. MulvannyG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07720 Page 2 ROOF ACCESSORIES Family Fun Center New Retail Building 4. Insulation: Glass -fiber board. 5. Interior Lid Liner: Manufacturer's standard metal liner of same material and finish as outer metal lid. 6. Exterior Curb Liner: Manufacturer's standard metal liner of same material and finish as metal curb. 7. Lid Liner: Manufacturer's standard metal liner of same material and finish as metal curb. 8. Fabricate units to minimum height of 12 inches plus thickness of roof insulation, unless otherwise indicated. 9. Hardware: Galvanized steel spring latch with turn handles, butt- or pintle -type hinge system, and padlock hasps inside and outside. 10. Ladder Safety Post: Manufacturer's standard ladder safety post. Post to lock in place on full extension. Provide release mechanism to return post to closed position. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION General: Install roof accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions. Anchor roof accessories securely in place and capable of resisting forces specified. Use fasteners, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for completing roof accessory installation. Install roof accessories to resist exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, and fastener disengagement. Install roof accessories to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Coat concealed side of uncoated aluminum roof accessories with bituminous coating where in contact with wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing exposed -to -view components of roof accessories directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet, or install a course of polyethylene underlayment. 3. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required by roof accessory manufacturers for waterproof performance. D. Install roof accessories level, plumb, true to line and elevation, and without warping, jogs in alignment, excessive oil canning, buckling, or tool marks. E. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required by manufacturer of roof accessories. END OF SECTION 07720 MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07920 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following applications: 1. Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 2. Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 3. Interior joints in vertical surfaces. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint - sealant product indicated. B. Samples: For each type and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2 -inch- wide joints formed between two 6- inch - long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. C. Preconstruction field test reports. D. Compatibility and adhesion test reports. E. Product certificates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants to joint - sealant manufacturers for testing according to ASTM C 1087 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. U B. Preconstruction Field- Adhesion Testing: Before installing elastorneric sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates according to the method in ASTM C 1193 that is appropriate for the types of Project joints. 1.5 WARRANTY U A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within two years from date of Substantial Completion. II II MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 07920 Page 2 JOINT SEALANTS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. C. Joint Substrates: Provide sealants suitable for Uses M (mortar), G (glass), A (aluminum), and 0 (other), selected to be appropriate for actual conditions. 2.2 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid- I applied chemically curing sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. B. Stain - Test - Response Characteristics: Where elastomeric sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. I C. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where elastomeric sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food, provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600. 2.3 PREFORMED JOINT SEALANTS A. Preformed Foam Sealant: Manufacturer's standard mildew- resistant, nonmigratory, nonstaining, preformed, precompressed, open -cell foam sealant that is manufactured from high - density urethane foam impregnated with a nondrying, water - repellent agent. 1. Available Products: a. EMSEAL Joint Systems, Ltd.; Emseal 25V. b. Polytite Manufacturing Corporation; Polytite B, or Polytite Standard. c. Density: 10 lb /cu. ft.. 2.4 JOINT - SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. I B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C closed -cell material with a surface skin, Type 0 open -cell material, Type B bicellular material with a surface skin, or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint - sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: I MulvannvG2 Architecture I Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 I SECTION 07920 Page 3 JOINT SEALANTS 2. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint - sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint- sealant- substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant. U B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates, based on preconstruction joint- sealant- substrate tests or u prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint - sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint - sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining I. surfaces. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. B. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. U 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. C. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: U 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. U 3. Produce uniform, cross - sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. D. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing 'I begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of u configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 ■, New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • • SECTION 07920 Page 4 JOINT SEALANTS 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. E. Installation of Preformed Foam Sealants: Install each length of sealant immediately after removing protective wrapping, taking care not to pull or stretch material, producing seal continuity at ends, turns, and intersections of joints. For applications at low ambient temperatures where expansion of sealant requires acceleration to produce seal, apply heat to sealant in compliance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions. F Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.3 SEALANTS AT EXTERIOR JOINTS A. Exterior horizontal traffic and nontraffic contraction joints in cast -in -place concrete pavement, slabs, and curb elements: Use Multicomponent Pourable Urethane Sealant. 1. Available Products: a. Sika Corporation, Inc.; Sikaflex - 2c SL. b. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; SL 2. 2. Type and Grade: P (pourable). 3. Uses Related to Exposure: T (traffic). 4. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. B. Exterior vertical construction joints in cast -in -place concrete: Use Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant: 1. Available Products: a. Sika Corporation, Inc.; Sikaflex - 2c NS TG. b. Sonneborn, Division of ChemRex Inc.; NP 2. 2. Type and Grade: M ( multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Uses Related to Exposure: NT nontraffic. i i MulvannyG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 S SECTION 07920 Page 5 JOINT SEALANTS C. Exterior vertical control and expansion joints in unit masonry: Use Multicomponent Nonsag Urethane Sealant:. 1. Available Products: a. Silkaflex 2c NS TG by Sika Corporation, Inc.. b. NP 2 by Sonneborn /ChemRex. 2. Type and Grade: M (multicomponent) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Uses Related to Exposure: NT nontraffic. 5. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M, [G, ]A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O. D. Other Exterior Joints In Surface Conditions Not Listed Above: Furnish and install appropriate sealants at exterior joints in horizontal and vertical surfaces, where shown on the drawings, and where otherwise necessary to make the construction weather - tight, sound resistant, and preventing the passage of air, gasses, or moisture through the construction. 3.4 SEALANTS FOR INTERIOR JOINTS U A. Vertical control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls — Use Latex Joint Sealant complying with ASTM C 834, Type P, Grade NF. 1. Available Products: a. Pecora Corporation; AC - 20 +. b. Sonneborn, Division of Chem Rex Inc.; Sonolac. B. Interior perimeter joints of exterior openings. — Use Latex Joint Sealant complying with ASTM C 834, Type P, Grade NF. 1. Available Products: a. Pecora Corporation; AC -20 +. b. Sonneborn, Division of Chem Rex Inc.; Sonolac. C. Other Interior Joints In Surface Conditions Not Listed Above: Furnish and install appropriate sealants at interior joints in horizontal and vertical surfaces where shown on the drawings, and where otherwise necessary to make the construction attractive in appearance, sound resistant, and preventing the passage of air, sound, or moisture through the construction. r Family Fun Center New Retail Building END OF SECTION 07920 MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 (Blank Page) MulvannyG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 i is • Id SECTION 08110 uI� STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES U PART 1 - GENERAL Ii 1.1 SUMMARY I� A. This Section includes steel doors and frames. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. Include door designation, type, level and model, material description, label compliance, fire - resistance ratings, and finishes. pI B. Door Schedule. Use same reference designations indicated on Drawings. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Door and Frame Standard: Comply with ANSI A 250.8, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ,�+ 1. Amweld Building Products, Inc. ' 2. Ceco Door Products; a United Dominion Company. 3. Curries Company. 4. Steelcraft; a division of Ingersoll -Rand. I 2.2 MATERIALS II A. Cold - Rolled Steel Sheets: Carbon steel complying with ASTM A 366, commercial quality, or ASTM A 620, drawing quality, special killed. B. Galvanized Steel Sheets: For all installations exposed to the outside, use zinc - coated carbon I steel complying with ASTM A 526, commercial quality, or ASTM A 642, drawing quality, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 525, with A 60 or G 60 coating designation, mill phosphatized. II 2.3 DOORS Interior Doors: Complying with ANSI 250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical - endurance level indicated. 1. Provide Grade II, Heavy -Duty, flush design, minimum 18 gauge cold - rolled steel sheet faces, with one piece resin impregnated honeycomb core securely bonded to both faces, Provide 1 -3/4- inch -thick doors, or as indicated on Drawings. MulvannyG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 08110 Page 2 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES B. Exterior Doors: Complying with ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical - endurance level indicated. 1. Provide Grade II, Heavy -Duty, flush design, minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel sheet faces, with a rigid polyurethane core foamed in place and chemically bonded to all interior surfaces. Provide 1 -3/4- inch -thick doors, or as indicated on Drawings. 2.4 FRAMES I A. General: ANSI A250.8; conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. B. Provide metal frame types and styles as shown on Drawings and schedules. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners. 2. Fabricate interior frames of minimum 16 gauge cold - rolled steel sheet. 3. Form exterior frames from 14 gauge galvanized steel sheet. C. Door Silencers: Except on weatherstripped or gasketed frames, drill frame stops to receive 3 silencers on strike jambs of single -door frames. D. Plaster Guards: Plaster Guards: Provide minimum 0.0179- inch -thick steel plaster guards or mortar boxes at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation and to close off interior of openings. E. Supports and Anchors: Not less than 0.042 -inch thick zinc - coated steel sheet. 1. Masonry Wall Anchors: 0.177 -inch diameter, steel wire complying with ASTM A 510 may be used in place of steel sheet. F. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Zinc -coat items that are to be built into exterior walls according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C or D as applicable. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate steel door and frame units to comply with ANSI A250.8 free from defects including warp and buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. 1. Internal Construction: Manufacturer's standard core materials according to SDI standards: a. Resin - impregnated paper honeycomb. b. Rigid polyurethane conforming to ASTM C 591. 2. Clearances: Not more than 1/8 inch at jambs and heads. Not more than 3/4 inch at bottom. a. Fire Doors: Provide clearances according to NFPA 80. 1 B. Fabricate exposed faces of interior doors from only cold - rolled steel sheet. C. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and j Frames." MulvannvG2 Architecture 1 Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 N � 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t II 1 D. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, and moldings from either cold- or hot - rolled steel sheet. E. Galvanized Steel Doors and Frames: Where doors and frames are at exterior locations, fabricate from galvanized steel sheet according to SDI 112. Close top and bottom edges of doors flush as an integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 0.0635- inch -thick galvanized steel channels, with channel webs placed even with top and bottom edges. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. F. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. G. Thermal -Rated (Insulating) Assemblies: At exterior locations and elsewhere as shown or scheduled, provide doors fabricated as thermal - insulating door and frame assemblies and tested according to ASTM C 236 or ASTM C 976 on fully operable door assemblies. Unless otherwise indicated, thermal -rated assemblies with U -value rating of 0.067 BTU /sq. ft. x h x deg F or better. H. Clearances for Non - Fire -Rated Doors: Not more than 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, except not more than 1/4 inch between pairs of doors. Not more than 3/4 inch at bottom. I. Door -Edge Profile: Square edge, unless beveled edge is indicated. J. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117. K. Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI A250.6 and ANSI A115 Series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. 1. For concealed overhead door closers, provide space, cutouts, reinforcing, and provisions for fastening in top rail of doors or head of frames, as applicable. L. Frame Construction: SECTION 08110 Page 3 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES M. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface - applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface - applied hardware may be done at Project site. N. Locate hardware as indicated or, if not indicated, according to ANSI A250.8. 2.6 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. Comply with SSPC -PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for steel sheet finishes. C. Apply primers and organic finishes to doors and frames after fabrication. Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. Fabricate knock -down frames with mitered or coped corners, for field assembly. 2. Provide terminated stops where indicated. MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 08110 Page 4 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 2.7 GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with non - petroleum solvent so that surfaces are free of oil or other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating of the type suited to the organic coating applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with ASTM A 780. Family Fun Center r N I Factory Priming for Field - Painted Finish: Where field painting after installation is indicated, apply air -dried Zinc -dust, zinc -oxide primer paint complying with performance requirements of FS TT -P- 641, Type II immediately after cleaning and pretreatment. 1 2.8 STEEL SHEET FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Solvent -clean surfaces to comply with SSPC -SP 1 to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel to comply with SSPC -SP 5 (White Metal Blast Cleaning) or SSPC- SP 8 (Pickling). B. Pretreatment: Immediately after surface preparation, apply a conversion coating of type suited to organic coating applied over it. 1 A. General: Install steel doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's data, and as specified. B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions in SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 1. Place frames before constructing enclosing walls and ceilings. 2. In masonry construction, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Acceptable anchors include masonry wire anchors and masonry T- shaped anchors. 3. In metal -stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. In steel -stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with screws. C. Door Installation: Comply with ANSI A250.8. Shim as necessary to comply with SDI 122 and ANSI /DHI A115.1G. D. After installation, remove protective wrappings from doors and frames and touch up prime coat with compatible air - drying primer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION END OF SECTION 08110 1 MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • SECTION 08361 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes electrically operated sectional overhead doors. B. See Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel supports. II C. See Division 16 Sections for electrical service and connections for powered operators and accessories. Ii 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide sectional overhead doors capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses without evidencing permanent deformation of door components: 1. Wind Loads: ANSI / NAGDM 102 standards and as required by local jurisdiction. 1 2. Air Infiltration: Maximum Rate: 0.08 cfm at 15 mph. B. Operation -Cycle Requirements: Provide sectional overhead door components and operators capable of operating for not less than 10,000 cycles. III 1.3 SUBMITTALS i A. Product Data: For each type and size of sectional overhead door and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: For special components and installations not detailed in manufacturer's product data. H C. Samples: For each exposed finish. i 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100. It PART 2 - PRODUCTS II 2.1 ALUMINUM SECTIONAL DOORS WITH GLAZED PANELS A. Provide 511 Series Aluminum Doors by Overhead Door Corporation, or as approved. B. Sectional Door Assembly: Stile and rail assembly secured with 1/4 diameter through rods. Units shall have the following characteristics: MulvannyG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 08361 Page 2 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 1. Panel Thickness: 1 -3/4" 2. Aluminum Panels: 0.050 thick, aluminum. 3. Stiles and Rails: 6063 — T6 aluminum. 4. Standard Springs: 10,000 cycles 5. Glazing: 1/8 double strength glass C. Finish and Color 1. Anodized Finish: Clear anodized finish 1 D. Hardware: Galvanized steel hinges and fixtures. Ball bearing rollers with hardened steel races. E. Lock: Interior galvanized single unit. F. Weatherstripping: Flexible PVC on bottom section. Jamb seals. Header seal. G. Track: Provide track as recommended by manufacturer to suit loading required and clearances available. H. Electric Motor Operation: Provide UL listed electric operator, size and type as recommended by manufacturer to move door in either direction at not less than 2/3 foot nor more than 1 foot per second. 1. Entrapment Protection: Photoelectric sensors 2. Operation Controls: Push -button and key operated control stations with open, close, and stop buttons for surface mounting, for interior location. Verify selection with Owner prior to ordering materials. 3. Special Operation: As selected by Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Take field dimension and examine conditions of substrates, supports, and other conditions under which this work is to be performed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 1 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install door, track, and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware I according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's written instructions, and as specified. B. Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper clearances and allow for maintenance. 3.3 STARTUP SERVICES A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to perform startup services. I MulvannvG2 Architecture I Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 Family Fun Center New Retail Building without binding and distortion. END OF SECTION 08361 SECTION 08361 Page 3 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Test sectional doors for proper operation and adjust as necessary to provide proper operation B. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts; adjust doors to operate easily, free of warp, twist, or distortion and with weathertight fit around entire perimeter. C. Touch -up Painting: Immediately after welding galvanized track to track supports, clean field welds and abraded galvanized surfaces and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. Touch -up damaged coatings and finishes and repair minor damage. Clean exposed surfaces using non - abrasive materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of material or product 111 being cleaned. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain sectional overhead doors. MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 � 4 I SECTION 08361 Page 4 SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS 1 (Blank Page) 1 1 I I I 1 I I I I I MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 • 0 111 SECTION 08411 ALUMINUM - FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 111 A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior aluminum- framed storefronts, with thermal break and back plane glazing. 2. Exterior manual -swing aluminum doors. I 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Its A. General: Provide aluminum- framed systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding, without failure, the effects of the following: 1. Structural loads. I 2. Thermal movements. 3. Movements of supporting structure indicated on Drawings including, but not limited to, story drift and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. III 4. 5. Dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction. Failure includes the following: a. Deflection exceeding specified limits. II b. Thermal stresses transferred to building structure. c. Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural movements, to glazing. III d. e. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components. f. Sealant failure. g. Failure of operating units to function properly. II B. Structural Loads: As shown on Structural Drawings and as required by local jurisdiction. II Ip C. Deflection of Framing Members Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to 1/175 of clear span for spans I up to 13 feet 6 inches and to 1/240 of clear span plus 1/4 inch for spans greater than 13 feet 6 inches or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch, whichever III is less. D. Structural -Test Performance: Systems tested according to ASTM E 330 as follows: i 1. When tested at positive and negative wind -load design pressures, systems do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits. 2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind -load design pressures, systems, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, and permanent I deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span. 3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity but not less than 10 seconds. E. Temperature Change (Range): Systems accommodate 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 08411 Page 2 ALUMINUM - FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS F. Air Infiltration: Maximum air leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas of systems of 0.06 cfm /sq. ft. of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a minimum static -air- pressure difference of 1.57 Ibf /sq. ft. G. Water Penetration Under Static Pressure: Systems do not evidence water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested according to ASTM E 331 at a minimum static -air- pressure difference of 20 percent of positive wind -load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 Ibf /sq. ft. H. Average Thermal Conductance: Fixed glazing and framing areas of systems have average U- factor of not more than 0.69 Btu /sq. ft. x h x deg F when tested according to AAMA 1503. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. For entrances, include hardware schedule and indicate operating hardware types, functions, quantities, and locations. 3. Clearly indicate restraining storefront. C. Samples: For each exposed finish. D. Product test reports. E. Field quality - control test and inspection reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Acceptable to manufacturer and capable of preparation of data for aluminum- framed systems including Shop Drawings based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM E 699 for testing indicated. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Assembly Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum- framed systems that do not comply with requirements or that deteriorate as defined in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. b. Noise or vibration caused by thermal movements. c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. d. Water leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas. e. Failure of operating components to function properly. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 III • 11 SECTION 08411 Page 3 ALUMINUM - FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS U PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: 1. CMI Architectural Products, Inc. I 2. EFCO Corporation. 3. Kawneer. 4. United States Aluminum. I 5. Vistawall Architectural Products. 6. YKK AP America Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS I A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. I 1. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209. 2. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221. 3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429. 4. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M. B. Steel Reinforcement: With manufacturer's standard corrosion resistant primer. 1. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Cold - Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. 3. Hot - Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M. I 2.3 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Basis of Design Product: "Trifab VG 451T ", back plane glazing, as manufactured by Kawneer. I B. Framing Member: Manufacturer's standard extruded - aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. I 1. Profile: 2" x 4 -1/2 ", back plane and weatherseal glazed, with thermal break, and as indicated on Drawings. 2. Construction: Thermal. 1 C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high - strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. Provide internal steel reinforcement as 111 required. D. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion- resistant, non - staining, non - bleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. II 1. Where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration, use self - locking devices. I 2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads. E. Perimeter Anchors: Aluminum. When steel anchors are used, provide insulation between steel material and aluminum material to prevent galvanic action. MulvannyG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 II SECTION 08411 Page 4 ALUMINUM- FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS F Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant, non - staining, non - bleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials. Form exposed flashing from sheet aluminum finished to match framing and of sufficient thickness to maintain a flat appearance without visible deflection. G. Framing System Gaskets and Sealants: Manufacturer's standard recommended by manufacturer for joint type. H. Thermal Barrier: A 1/4" separation consisting of a two part chemically curing, high density polyurethane which is mechanically and adhesively joined to aluminum storefront sections, comply with AAMA TIR -A8 and AAMA 505. 2.4 GLAZING SYSTEMS A. Glass and Glazing: Back plane glazing, material as specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing." B. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard compression types, replaceable, molded or extruded, that maintain uniform pressure and watertight seal. C. Spacers and Setting Blocks: Manufacturer's standard elastomeric types. 2.5 DOORS A. Basis of Design: "Series 350 Medium Stile" Entry Doors manufactured by Kawneer. Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed doors, for manual swing operation. 1. Door Construction: 1 -3/4 -inch overall thickness, with minimum 0.125 -inch thick, extruded - aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deep penetration and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods. 2. Door Design: Medium stile; 3 -1/2 -inch nominal width. a. Accessible Doors: Smooth surfaced for width of door in area within 10 inches above floor or ground plane. 3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Square, snap -on, extruded - aluminum stops and preformed gaskets. a. Provide non - removable glazing stops on outside of door. 4. Doors and frame assemblies shall be factory pre - fitted. All hardware items not of aluminum shall be stainless or white finished bronze. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 • 0 Ill SECTION 08411 Page 5 ALUMINUM - FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS III 2.6 DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide heavy -duty units in sizes and types recommended by entrance system and I hardware manufacturers for entrances and uses indicated. B. Provide the following standard manufacturers' hardware as part of the storefront doors installation: II 1. Hinges: Top and Bottom Offset Pivots 2. Push Bars on interior 3. Pulls on exterior 4. Closers, single acting with back -check 5. Deadlock x 1 -3/8" I 6. Deadlock Cylinder 7. Bolt System 8. Lock Cylinder Guard C. Cylinders: As specified in Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." D. Dust Proof Strikes: Provide strike with black - plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated I for aluminum framing. E. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components. 1. Compression Type: Made of ASTM D 2000, molded neoprene, or ASTM D 2287, molded PVC. 2. Sliding Type: AAMA 701, made of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile with nylon - 111 fabric or aluminum -strip backing. F. Weather Sweeps: Manufacturer's standard exterior -door bottorn sweep with concealed fasteners on mounting strip. G. Silencers: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1. l H. Threshold: Extruded aluminum, one piece per door opening, with ribbed surface. . ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Joint Sealants: For installation at perimeter of aluminum - framed systems, as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." B. Bituminous Paint: Cold- applied asphalt- mastic paint complying with SSPC -Paint 12 requirements except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30 -mil thickness per coat. 1 1 MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • 1 SECTION 08411 Page 6 ALUMINUM - FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 2.8 FABRICATION A. Form aluminum shapes before finishing. B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. C. Framing Members, General: Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: 1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Means to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior. 4. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 5. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge clearances. 6. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from exterior. 7. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. D. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing (without projecting stops). E. Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing hardware. 1. At exterior doors, provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops. F. Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing hardware. 1. At exterior doors, provide weather sweeps applied to door bottoms. G. Hardware Installation: Factory install hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory- installed hardware before applying finishes. H. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 2.9 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Clear Anodic Finish: Class I, clear anodic coating complying with AAMA 611. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: ., 1. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 2. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 3. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration. 4. Seal joints watertight, unless otherwise indicated. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 08411 Page 7 ALUMINUM - FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS B. Metal Protection: 1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape or installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. 2. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. C. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within the system to exterior. D. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" and to produce weathertight installation. E. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades, without warp or rack. F. Install glazing as specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing." G. Entrances: Install to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points. 1. Exterior Entrances: Install to produce tight fit at weather stripping and weathertight closure. 2. Field- Installed Hardware: Install surface - mounted hardware according to hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. H. Install perimeter joint sealants as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" and to produce weathertight installation. I. Erection Tolerances: Install aluminum- framed systems to comply with the following maximum tolerances: 1 1. 2. Location and Plane: Limit variation from true location and plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet; 1/4 inch over total length. Alignment: Where surfaces abut in line, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch. Where surfaces meet at corners, limit offset from true alignment to 1/32 inch. 3. Diagonal Measurements: Limit difference between diagonal measurement to 1/8 inch. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. U B. Water Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, a minimum area of 75 feet by 1 story of aluminum- framed systems designated by Architect shall be tested according to D AAMA 501.2 and shall not evidence water penetration. C. Repair or remove work where test results and inspections indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. Family Fun Center New Retail Building MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 Family Fun Center New Retail Building SECTION 08411 Page 8 ALUMINUM - FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. END OF SECTION 08411 MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 • PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 08711 11 11 11 11 11 1 1 11 1 1 11 11 1 1 11 11 D MulvannvG2 Architecture 1 DOOR HARDWARE A. This Section includes the following: 1. Commercial door hardware. 2. Cylinders for doors specified in other Sections. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Samples: For each exposed finish. C. Door Hardware Schedule: Organized into door hardware sets indicating type, style, function, size, label, hand, manufacturer, fasteners, location, and finish of each door hardware item. Include description of each electrified door hardware function, including sequence of operation. D. Keying Schedule: Detail Owner's final keying instructions for locks. E. Product certificates. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier Qualifications: Person who is or employs a qualified DHI Architectural Hardware Consultant. B. Source Limitations: Obtain electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers that are listed to perform electrical modifications, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, are acceptable. C. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. E. Keys: Deliver keys to Owner by registered mail. F. Templates: Obtain and distribute templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. G. Standards: Comply with BHMA A156 series standards, Grade 1. H. Certified Products: Provide door hardware that is listed in BHMA directory of certified products. Family Fun Center New Retail Building 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 0 • 1 SECTION 08711 Page 2 DOOR HARDWARE 1.4 WARRANTY 1 A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within warranty period. 1. Warranty Period for Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DOOR HARDWARE A. Scheduled Door Hardware: Provide door hardware according to door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated. 2.2 HINGES A. Manufacturers: Hager Companies, or as approved by Architect. 1 B. Hinge Base Metal: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 1. Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless -steel pin. 1 C. Nonremovable Pins: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that prevents removal of pin while door is closed; for outswinging exterior doors. 1 D. Screws: Phillips flat -head screws; screw heads finished to match surface of hinges. 1. Metal Doors and Frames: Machine screws (drilled and tapped holes). 1 2.3 MECHANICAL LOCKS A. Manufacturers: Schlage Lock Company; an Ingersoll -Rand Company, or as approved by 1 Architect. B. Bored Lockset Design: As scheduled. 1 C. Dummy Trim: Match lever lock trim and escutcheons. D. Backset: 2 -3/4 inches, unless otherwise indicated. E. Padlock: As scheduled. 2.4 EXIT DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Von Duprin; an Ingersoll -Rand Company, or as approved by Architect. 1 B. Panic Exit Devices: Listed and labeled for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. 1 MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 2.5 OPERATING TRIM A. Push -Pull Design: 1. Manufacturers: Ives, H. B., or as approved by Architect. 2.6 CLOSERS A. Surface - Mounted Closers: 1. Manufacturers: LCN Closers; an Ingersoll -Rand Company, or as approved by Architect. B. Size of Units: Factory- sized, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. 2.7 STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Stops and Holders: Provide floor stops for doors, unless wall or other type stops are scheduled or indicated. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Where floor or wall stops are not appropriate, provide overhead holders. 1. Manufacturers: Ives, H. B., or as approved by Architect. 2.8 DOOR GASKETING AND THRESHOLDS A. Door Gasketing: Provide continuous weather -strip gasketing on exterior doors. Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. Manufacturers: • • B. Thresholds: 1. Manufacturers: Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc., or as approved by Architect. 2.9 CYLINDERS, KEYING, AND STRIKES A. Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from stainless steel. SECTION 08711 Page 3 DOOR HARDWARE a. Gasketing and Door Bottoms: Pemko Manufacturing Co., Inc., or as approved by Architect. 2. Air Leakage: Not to exceed 0.50 cfm per foot of crack length for gasketing other than for smoke control, as tested according to ASTM E 283. 3. Gasketing Materials: Comply with ASTM D 2000 and AAMA 701/702. 1. Manufacturers: Same manufacturer as for locks. 2. Number of Pins: Manufacturer's standard. 3. Permanent Cores: Manufacturer's standard; finish face to match lockset; removable cores. MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 08711 Page 4 DOOR HARDWARE 4. Construction Cores: Provide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent cores. Provide 10 construction master keys. a. Replace construction cores with permanent cores, as directed by Owner. B. Keying System: Factory- registered keying system; as directed by Owner. 1. Keys: Provide nickel - silver keys permanently inscribed with a visual key control number and "DO NOT DUPLICATE" notation. In addition to one extra blank key for each lock, provide additional keys as required by Owner. C. Strikes: Manufacturer's standard strike with strike box for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match door hardware set. 2.10 FABRICATION A. Base Metals: Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18 for finishes. Do not furnish manufacturer's standard materials if different from specified standard. B. Fasteners: Phillips flat -head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware, unless otherwise indicated. Provide steel machine or wood screws or steel through bolts for fire - rated applications. C. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow metal doors. D. Finishes: Comply with BHMA A156.18. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Examine doors and frames for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Steel Door and Frame Preparation: Comply with DHI A115 series. Drill and tap doors and frames for surface- applied hardware according to SDI 107. C. Mounting Heights: Comply with the following requirements, unless otherwise indicated: Standard Steel Doors and Frames: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." D. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 E. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with accessibility requirements. 3.2 DOOR HARDWARE SETS HW -1 (Exterior) Hinges Lockset Surface- Mounted Closer Floor Stop Threshold Door Bottom Weatherstrip Set Rain Drip Cap HW -2 (Aluminum Storefront Door) Cylinder (Remainder of hardware by door manufacturer. See Section "Aluminum Storefronts and Entrances ". HW -3 (Sectional Overhead Door) Padlock Shackle and 9 -inch chain Family Fun Center New Retail Building • • SECTION 08711 Page 5 DOOR HARDWARE 1. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period so that from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least three seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the leading edge of the door. END OF SECTION 08711 MulvannyG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 08711 Page 6 DOOR HARDWARE Family Fun Center New Retail Building • • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MulvannvG2 Architecture 1 (Blank Page) 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 • • SECTION 08800 GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Glazed entrances. 2. Storefront framing. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. B. Contractor to certify nominal glass thickness appropriate for local wind loading and size of openings. 1 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1p A. Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated. B. Samples: 12 -inch square, for each type of glass product indicated, other than monolithic clear float glass. 1.4 WARRANTY 11 A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating Glass: Manufacturer's standard form, made out to Owner and signed by insulating -glass manufacturer agreeing to replace insulating -glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period indicated below. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. I' PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS PRODUCTS U A. Insulating -Glass Units, General: Factory- assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, and complying with ASTM E 774 for Class CBA units and U with requirements specified in this Article and in Part 2 "Insulating -Glass Units" Article. 1. Provide Kind HS (heat- strengthened) float glass in place of annealed glass where needed to resist thermal stresses induced by differential shading of individual glass lites and to comply with glass design requirements specified in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. II MulvannyG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 08800 Page 2 GLAZING 2. Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: Dimensions indicated for insulating - glass units are nominal and the overall thicknesses of units are measured perpendicularly from outer surfaces of glass lites at unit's edge. 3. Sealing System: Dual seal. 4. Spacer Specifications: Manufacturer's standard spacer material and construction. 2.2 GLAZING GASKETS A. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded, closed -cell, integral- skinned gaskets of EPDM; complying with ASTM C 509, Type II, black; and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. D. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. E. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking). F. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type 0 (open -cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. G. Putty and Glazing Compound: As recommended by glass manufacturers. Color of exposed putty to match adjacent surfaces. 2.4 FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS A. Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements. 2.5 INSULATING -GLASS UNITS A. Manufacturers: Pilkington Building Products, or as approved by Architect. B. Clear Insulating -Glass Units (Option A): 1. Overall Unit Thickness: 1 -inch overall thickness. 2. tnterspace Content: Air. 3. Outdoor Lite: 1/4" thick, clear float glass. Fully tempered, where required. MulvannyG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • • SECTION 08800 Page 3 GLAZING 4. Visible Light Transmittance: Manufacturer's standard for selected insulating glass unit. 5. Winter Nighttime U- Factor: 0.48 6. Summer Daytime U- Factor: 0.55 7. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.70 8. Shading Coefficient: 0.81 C. Low -E Insulating -Glass Units (Option B): 1. Overall Unit Thickness: 1 -inch overall thickness. 2. Interspace Content: Air. 3. Outdoor Lite: 1/4" thick, clear float glass. Fully tempered, where required. 4. Low -E Coating: Pyrolytic on second surface. 5. Visible Light Transmittance: Manufacturer's standard for selected insulating glass unit. 6. Winter Nighttime U- Factor: 0.33 7. Summer Daytime U- Factor: 0.36 8. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.45 9. Shading Coefficient: 0.52 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GLAZING A. General: Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. 1. Glazing channel dimensions, as indicated on Drawings, provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation. 2. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with m edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair I� performance and appearance. 3. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction sealant- substrate testing. 4. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. 5. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. 6. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches. 7. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. B. Gasket Glazing (Dry): Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. 1. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. 2. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward MulvannyG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • SECTION 08800 Page 4 GLAZING centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 3. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION ' A. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations, including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer. B. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, or abraded or that is damaged from natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period. END OF SECTION 08800 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MulvannvG2 Architecture 1 Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 Family Fun Center New Retail Building • 1 SECTION 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior portland cement plasterwork (stucco). B. Related Sections: 1. See Structural Drawings for structural, load- bearing (transverse and axial) steel studs and joists that support lath and portland cement plaster. 2. See Division 9 Section "Gypsum Sheathing" for exterior gypsum sheathing. 3. See Division 9 Section "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for non -load- bearing steel framing. 1.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Structural (wind and axial loads) 1. Design for maximum allowable deflection, normal to the plane of the wall, of L/360 2. Design for wind load in conformance with code requirements. Consult applicable code compliance report. B. Moisture Control 1. Prevent the accumulation of water into or behind the stucco, either by condensation or leakage into the wall construction, in the design and detailing of the wall assembly. a. Provide corrosion resistant flashing to direct water to the exterior where it is likely to penetrate components in the wall assembly, including, above window and door heads, beneath window and door sills, at roof /wall intersections, abutments of lower walls with higher walls, above projecting features, and at the base of the wall. b. Air Leakage Prevention: Prevent excess air leakage in the design and detailing of the wall assembly. Provide continuity between air barrier components in the wall assembly. c. Vapor Diffusion and Condensation: Perform a dew point analysis of the wall assembly to determine the potential for accumulation of moisture in the wall assembly as a result of water vapor diffusion and condensation. d. On framed wall construction provide a code compliant moisture barrier over sheathing. e. Protect sills of rough openings with barrier membrane. Where casing bead is used back -to -back at expansion joints, back joints with barrier membrane. C. Grade Condition 1. Do not use stucco below grade or on surfaces subject to continuous or intermittent water immersion or hydrostatic pressure. Provide minimum 4 inch clearance above earth grade, minimum 2 inch clearance above finished surface. 7100 Fun Center Way Tukwila, Washington 98188 MulvannyG2 Architecture MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 SECTION 09220 Page 2 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER D. Joints 1. Provide two piece expansion joints in the stucco system where building movement is anticipated: at joints in the substrate or supporting construction, where the system is to be installed over dissimilar construction or substrates, at changes in building, height, at floor lines, at columns areas. Provide one piece expansion joints every 144 ft'. Cut and wire tie lath to the expansion joint accessory so lath is discontinuous beneath the accessory. Do not exceed length to width ratio of 2 -1/2:1 in expansion joint layout and do not exceed more than 18 feet in any direction without an expansion joint. Where casing bead is used back -to -back as the expansion joint, back the joint with barrier membrane. 2. Provide one piece expansion joints at through wall penetrations, for example, above and below doors or windows. 3. Provide minimum 3/8 inch wide joints where the system abuts windows, doors and other through wall penetrations. 4. Provide appropriate accessories at stucco terminations and joints. 5. Provide appropriate sealant at stucco terminations. 6. Indicate location of joints, accessories and accessory type on architectural drawings. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's specifications, details, installation instructions and product data. B. Manufacturer's code compliance report. C. Manufacturer's standard warranty. D. Prepare and submit project- specific details (when required by contract documents). E. Samples: For each type of colored and textured finish coat selected by Architect; 12 by 12 inches, and prepared on rigid backing. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installers Requirements: 1. Licensed, insured, and engaged in application of Portland cement stucco in a minimum of three (3) years. 2. Knowledgeable in the proper use and handling of materials specified. 3. Successful completion of minimum of three (3) projects of similar size and complexity to the specified project. 4. Provide the proper equipment, manpower, and supervision on the job site to install the system in compliance with manufacturer's published specifications and details and the project plans and specifications. Fire- Test - Response Characteristics: For portland cement plaster assemblies with fire - resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Family Fun Center New Retail Building MulvannyG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 1 1 • • 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 i 11 11 C. Mockups: Before plastering, install mockups of at least 100 sq. ft. in surface area to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Install mockups for each type of finish indicated. 2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver all materials in their original sealed containers bearing manufacturer's name and identification of product. B. Protect coatings (pail products) from freezing and temperatures in excess of 90 °F. Store away from direct sunlight. C. Protect Portland cement based materials (bag products) from moisture and humidity. Store under cover off the ground in a dry location. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS SECTION 09220 Page 3 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER A. Maintain ambient and surface temperatures above 40 °F during application and for 24 hours after set of stucco. B. Provide supplementary heat for installation in temperatures less than 40 °F such that temperatures are maintained. Prevent concentration of heat on uncured stucco and vent fumes and other products of combustion to the outside to prevent contact with stucco. C. Prevent uneven or excessive evaporation of moisture from stucco during hot, dry or windy weather. For installation under any of these conditions provide special measures to properly moist cure the stucco. D. Provide protection of surrounding areas and adjacent surfaces from application of materials. E. Comply with ASTM C 926 requirements. 1.7 COORDINATION /SCHEDULING A. For load bearing stud wall assemblies, commence the stucco installation after completion of all floor, roof construction and other construction that imposes deacl loads on the walls to prevent excessive deflection (and potential cracking) of the stucco. B. Sequence interior work such as drywall installation prior to stucco installation to prevent stud distortion (and potential cracking) of the stucco. C. Provide site grading such that the stucco terminates above earth grade minimum 4 inches and above finished grade (pavers /sidewalk) minimum 2 inches. Provide increased clearance in freeze /thaw climate zones. D. Provide protection of rough openings before installing windows, doors, and other penetrations through the wall and provide sill flashing. Coordinate installation of moisture barrier with window 11� MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center New Retail Building 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 09220 Page 4 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER and door installation to provide weather proofing of the structure and to prevent moisture infiltration and excess air infiltration. E. Install window and door head flashing immediately after windows and doors are installed. F. Install diverter flashings wherever water can enter the wall assembly to direct water to the exterior. G. Install copings and sealant immediately after installation of the stucco and when finish coatings , are dry. H. Attach penetrations through stucco to structural support and provide water tight seal at penetrations. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's standard warranty. 1 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Sto Corp., or as approved by Architect. 1 B. Provide stucco, primer and finish from single source manufacturer. 2.2 WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER A. Water- Resistant Paper: Federal Specification UU- B -790a, Grade D, 60- minute. 1 2.3 LATH A. Minimum 2.5 Ib. /yd self- furred galvanized steel diamond mesh metal lath in compliance with 1 ASTM C 847. 2.4 MECHANICAL FASTENERS 1 A. Appropriate non - corroding fasteners for steel framing: 1. Steel Framing— minimum #8 Type S or S -12 wafer head fully threaded corrosion resistant 1 screws with minimum 3/8 inch penetration into studs. Tie Wire: 18 gauge galvanized and annealed low- carbon steel in compliance with ASTM A 641 with Class I coating. PART 2 - PRODUCTS • • 1 A. Weep screed, casing bead, corner bead, corner lath, expansion and control joint accessories. All accessories shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1063 and its referenced documents: 1. Galvanized metal in compliance with ASTM A 653 with G60 coating. 2.5 ACCESSORIES Family Fun Center New Retail Building MulvannyG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 1 • • 111 11 11 11 11 a O 11 H 11 11 11 11 11 MulvannvG2 Architecture 11 B. All accessories shall have perforated or expanded flanges and shall be designed with grounds for the specified thickness of stucco. 2.6 JOB MIXED INGREDIENTS A. Water —clean and potable. B. Clean, well graded sand free of deleterious materials in compliance with ASTM C 897. 2.7 STUCCO A. Stucco: Use Powerwall Stucco by Sto Corp., a factory proportioned, fiber reinforced portland cement based stucco for trowel or pump application, field mixed with graded sand (ASTM C 897) and water. 2.8 PRIMER A. Sto Primer — acrylic based tinted primer. 2.9 FINISH COAT SECTION 09220 Page 5 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER A. Sto acrylic or silicone enhanced textured wall finish. Texture and color to be selected by Architect. 2.10 MIXING A. Follow manufacturer's written recommendations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspect surfaces for: B. Inspect sheathing application for compliance with applicable requirement: 1. Glass Mat Faced Gypsum Sheathing —refer to manufacturer's instructions. C. Report deviations from the requirements of project specifications or other conditions that might adversely affect the stucco installation to the General Contractor. Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. Contamination — algae, chalkiness, dirt, dust, efflorescence, form oil, fungus, grease, laitance, mildew or other foreign substances. 2. Surface absorption and chalkiness. 3. Cracks measure crack width and record location of cracks. 4. Damage and deterioration. 5. Moisture damage — record any areas of moisture damage. 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • 1 SECTION 09220 Page 6 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Gypsum Sheathing in compliance with ASTM C79, Glass Mat Faced Gypsum Sheathing in compliance with ASTM C 1177: 1. Verify installation of sheathing in compliance with applicable requirement. 2. Protect the substrate with a moisture barrier as required by the applicable code and install lath and accessories as recommended by manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Installation over frame construction with sheathing: 1. Weep Screed Installation a. Install foundation weep screed at the base of the wall securely to framing with the appropriate fastener. Locate foundation weep screed so that it overlaps the joint between the foundation and framing by a minimum of 1inch. Locate the foundation weep screed minimum 4 inches above earth grade, 2 inches above finished surface. 2. Weather Protection a. Protect sills of rough openings with barrier membrane. b. Apply water resistant paper in compliance with the applicable building code. Wrap paper into rough opening and lap over barrier membrane at jambs. Lap paper over foundation weep screed attachment flange and window /door head flashings. 3. Casing Bead and Expansion Joint Installation a. Install casing beads at stucco terminations— doors, windows and other through wall penetrations. Install expansion joints (or back -to -back casing beads) at building expansion joints, where the stucco is to be installed over dissimilar construction or substrates, at changes in building height, at floor lines, columns, and cantilevered areas. Install one piece expansion joints at corners of windows, doors, and similar through wall penetrations, and every 144 ft Install full accessory pieces where possible and avoid small pieces. Seal adjoining pieces by embedding ends in sealant. Abut horizontal into vertical joint accessories. Attach at no more than 7 inches into framing with appropriate fasteners. 4. Lath Installation a. Diamond Mesh Metal Lath 1) General -- install metal lath with the long dimension at right angles to structural framing. Terminate lath at expansion joints. Do no install continuously beneath joints. 2) Seams /Overlaps -- overlap side seams minimum 1/2 inch and end seams minimum 1 inch. Stagger end seams. Overlap casing beads and expansion joints minimum 1 inch over narrow wing accessories, minimum 2 inches over expanded flange accessories. Do not install lath continuously beneath expansion joints. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • • B. Primer Installation C. Finish Installation Family Fun Center New Retail Building 5. One Piece Expansion Joint Installation 6. Inside and Outside Corners 7 Stucco Installation a. Allow primed stucco wall surface to dry minimum 28 days. b. Avoid application in direct sunlight. SECTION 09220 Page 7 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 3) Attachment -- fasten securely through sheathing into structural framing at 7 inches on center maximum vertically and 16 inches on center horizontally. Wire tie at no more than 9 inches on center at: side laps, accessory overlaps, and where end laps occur between supports. a. Install one piece expansion joints over lath at through wall penetrations. Install one piece expansion joints over lath every 144 ft Wire tie one piece expansion joints to lath at no more than 7 inches on center. Make certain lath is discontinuous beneath joints. a. Install corner lath at inside corners and corner bead at outside corners over lath. Attach through lath into framing at no more than 7 inches on center with appropriate fasteners. a. Scratch Coat: apply stucco with sufficient pressure 1:o key into and embed the metal lath. Apply sufficient material, 3/8 -1/2 inch, to cover the metal lath and to permit scoring the surface. Score the stucco upon completion of each panel in preparation for a second coat. Score horizontally. b. Brown Coat: as soon as the first coat is firm enough to receive the second coat without damage, apply the second coat. Alternatively, moist cure the first coat up to 48 hours and dampen the scratched surface with water immediately before applying the second coat. Apply the second coat with sufficient pressure to ensure intimate contact with the first coat and as needed to bring the stucco to a uniform thickness that matches the grounds of the accessories. Use a rod or straight edge to bring the surface to a true, even plane. Fill depressions in plane with stucco. Final thickness of stucco shall be minimum 1/2 inch, maximum 7/8 inch. c. After the stucco has become slightly firm float the surface lightly with a darby or wood float to densify the surface and to provide a srnooth, even surface. d. Moist cure after the stucco has set by lightly fogging for at least 48 hours. Fog as frequently as required during the 48 hour period to prevent loss of moisture from the stucco. Avoid eroding the stucco surface with excess moisture. If relative humidity exceeds 75% the frequency of moist curing can be diminished. 1. Apply primer evenly with brush, roller or proper spray equipment over the clean, dry stucco, and allow to dry thoroughly before applying finish. 1. Apply finish directly over the stucco when dry. Apply finish by spraying or troweling with a stainless steel trowel, depending on the finish specified. Follow these general rules for application of finish: MulvannyG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 SECTION 09220 Page 8 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER c. Apply finish in a continuous application, and work a wet edge towards the unfinished wall area. Work to an architectural break in the wall before stopping to avoid cold joints. d. Weather conditions affect application and drying time. Hot or dry conditions limit working time and accelerate drying. Adjustments in the scheduling of work may be required to achieve desired results; cool or damp conditions extend working time and retard drying and may require added measures of protection against wind, dust, dirt, rain and freezing. Adjust work schedule and provide protection. e. Float "R" (rilled texture) finishes with a plastic float to achieve their rifled texture. f. Do not install separate batches of finish side -by -side. g. Do not apply finish into or over joints or accessories. Apply finish to outside face of wall only. h. Do not apply finish over irregular or unprepared surfaces, or surfaces not in compliance with the requirements of the project specifications. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Provide protection of installed materials from water infiltration into or behind them. B. Provide protection of installed stucco from dust, dirt, precipitation, and freezing. C. Provide protection of installed primer and finish from dust, dirt, precipitation, freezing and continuous high humidity until fully dry. 3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, patch, replace, and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work and to restore cracks, dents, and imperfections. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, crazing (check cracking), dry outs, efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects and where bond to substrate has failed. END OF SECTION 09220 1 1 1 1 1 MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Glass -mat gypsum sheathing board. 2. Weather resistive barrier. 3. Glass fiber mesh sheathing tape. B. Related Sections include the following: 1.3 DEFINITIONS • • SECTION 09253 GYPSUM SHEATHING 1. See Structural Drawings for steel framing. 2. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing installed with gypsum sheathing. A. Gypsum Board Construction Terminology Standard: Refer to ASTM C 11 for definitions of terms for gypsum sheathing board construction not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: For assembles with fire - resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Family Fun Center New Retail Building Fire - Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, or other causes. Stack sheathing flat on leveled supports off the ground, under cover, and fully protected from weather. MulvannyG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • • 1 A. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: YP 9 1. Do not leave exposed to weather for more than 180 days. 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS SECTION 09253 Page 2 GYPSUM SHEATHING 1. COORDINATION 2.1 SHEATHING MATERIALS 1 Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C 1177. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens -Glass Gold" by G -P Gypsum Corporation. 2. Thickness: Thickness as shown on Drawings. 3. Size: As recommended by manufacturer for vertical installation. Exterior Cement Backer Board: See Section 09310 "Ceramic Tile ". 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Glass Fiber Mesh Sheathing Tape: As recommended by same manufacturer for sealing and waterproofing joints. Weather Resistant Barrier: Water- resistant paper, Federal Specification UU- B -790a, Grade D, 60- minute. C. Self- Adhering Weather Barrier: Provide a composite membrane consisting of rubberized asphalt laminated to an impermeable polyethylene film layer. Use "CCW WIP 300HT Water and Ice Protection" by Carlisle. D. Fasteners: Non - corrosive and non- oxidizing steel drill screws, in length recommended by sheathing manufacturer for thickness of sheathing board to be attached, with organic - polymer or other corrosion- protective coating having a salt -spray resistance of more than 800 hours according to ASTM B 11,7. 1. Non -Load Bearing Steel Framing: For steel framing less than 0.0329 inch thick, attach sheathing with steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002. 2. Load Bearing Steel Framing: For steel framing from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick, attach sheathing with drill screws complying with ASTM C 954. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. Comply with GA -253 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Cut boards at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install boards with a 3/8 -inch setback where non -load- bearing construction abuts structural elements. 1 Family Fun Center New Retail Building MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 SECTION 09253 Page 3 GYPSUM SHEATHING 2. Install boards with a 1/4 -inch setback where they abut masonry or similar materials that might retain moisture, to prevent wicking. C. Coordinate sheathing installation with flashing and joint - sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed exterior wall assembly. D. Apply fasteners so screw heads bear tightly against face of sheathing boards but do not cut into facing. E. Do not bridge building expansion joints with sheathing; cut and space edges to match spacing of structural support elements. F. Horizontal Installation: Abut ends of boards over centers of stucl flanges, and stagger end joints of adjacent boards not less than one stud spacing. Screw - attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each steel stud. 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o.c. and set back a minimum of 3/8 inch from edges and ends of boards. G. Vertical Installation: Install board vertical edges centered over flanges of steel studs. Abut ends and edges of each board with those of adjacent boards. Screw - attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each steel stud. Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches o.c. and set back: a minimum of 3/8 inch from edges and ends of boards. 3.2 WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER INSTALLATION A. Cover sheathing with weather - resistant barrier as follows: 1. Cut back barrier 1/2 inch on each side of the break in supporting members at expansion- or control -joint locations. 2. Apply barrier to cover vertical flashing with a minimum 4 -inch overlap, unless otherwise indicated. B. Water- Resistant Paper: Apply horizontally with a 2 -inch overlap and a 6 -inch end lap; fasten to sheathing with corrosion - resistant staples. C. Self- Adhering Weather Barrier: Apply around penetrations, openings, sills, and other locations shown on Drawings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3.3 SHEATHING JOINT - AND - PENETRATION TREATMENT A. Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer's written recommendations. 1. Apply glass -fiber sheathing tape to glass -mat gypsum sheathing board joints, and apply and trowel silicone emulsion sealant to embed sealant in entire face of tape. Apply sealant to exposed fasteners with a trowel so fasteners are completely covered. Seal other penetrations and openings. END OF SECTION 09253 MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 09253 Page 4 GYPSUM SHEATHING (Blank Page) Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 MulvannyG2 Architecture MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Printed on April 17, 2006 Family Fun Center New Retail Building a. Products: • • SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior gypsum wallboard. 2. Non -load- bearing steel framing. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each product indicated. Samples: For each textured finish indicated and on same backing indicated for Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL FRAMING A. Steel Framing, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Metal complying with ASTM C 645 requirements. 2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot -dip galvanized zinc coating. B. Partition Framing: 1. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated. a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch (25 ga). b. Studs at Door Frames: 0.0312 inch (20 ga). 2. Deep -Leg Deflection Track: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2 -inch deep flanges. 3. Proprietary Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of gypsum board applied to interior partitions resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. 1) Delta Star, Inc., Superior Metal Trim; Superior Flex Track System (SFT). 2) Metal -Lite, Inc.; Slotted Track. 4. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0312 inch. 5. Cold - Rolled Channel Bridging: 0.0538 -inch bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2 -inch wide flange, and in depth indicated. a. Clip Angle: 1 -1/2 by 1 -1/2 inch, 0.068 -inch thick, galvanized steel. MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 , SECTION 09260 Page 2 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Cold - Rolled Furring Channels: 0.0538 -inch bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2 -inch wide flange, and in depth indicated. 1 a. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated -edge type of steel sheet with minimum bare steel thickness of 0.0312 inch. b. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625 -inch- diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475 -inch diameter wire. 7. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, I and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. 1 A. Panel Size, General: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated. 2.2 PANEL PRODUCTS 1 B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36. 1. Type X: In thickness indicated and with long edges tapered. 2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints, and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, flanges of trim accessories, and fasteners, use setting -type or drying -type, all- purpose compound. Use setting -type compound for installing paper -faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound or drying -type, all- purpose compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound or drying -type, all- purpose compound. 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use drying -type, all- purpose compound. 2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 MulvannyG2 Architecture New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. C. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: 1. Asphalt- Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated. 2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive - backed, closed -cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size. D. Sill - Sealer Gaskets: Glass- fiber - resilient insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a sill sealer; 1 -inch nominal thickness, compressible to 1/32 inch; selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION • • 3.1 NON - LOAD - BEARING STEEL FRAMING INSTALLATION SECTION 09260 Page 3 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. General: Comply with ASTM C 754, and ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. B. Partition Framing: Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and wall. 2. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. 3.2 PANEL PRODUCT INSTALLATION A. Gypsum Board: Comply with ASTM C 840 and GA -216. 1. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c., or as required by local code, for vertical applications. 2. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches o.c. 3. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall /partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. 4. On partitions /walls, apply gypsum panels either vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to framing), unless otherwise indicated or required by fire - resistance -rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. b. At high walls, install panels horizontally, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire - resistance -rated assembly. 5. On Z- furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. 6. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 09260 Page 4 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 3.3 FINISHING Family Fun Center New Retail Building A. Installing Trim Accessories: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Finishing Gypsum Board Panels: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. 1. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. 2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. C. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840, for locations indicated: 1. Level 1: Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire - resistance -rated assemblies and sound -rated assemblies. 2. Level 2 as Substrate for Tile: Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges where panels are substrate for tile and where indicated. 3. Level 3, as First and Fill Coats: Embed tape and apply separate first and fill coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges. 4. Level 4 at Surfaces with Low Luster Finish: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Level 5 at Surfaces Receiving Gloss and Semi -gloss Enamels and surfaces subject to severe lighting: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges, and apply skim coat of joint compound over entire surface. END OF SECTION 09260 MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. Exterior Porcelain wall tile. 2. Cement backing panel. 3. Weather Resistive Barrier. 1.2 SUBMITTALS B. Shop Drawings: C. Samples: 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE • • SECTION 09310 CERAMIC TILE A. Product Data: For each product indicated, including component data, standard details, and manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints. 2. Show fabrication and installation of backing system including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, control /expansion joint locations and details, penetration locations and details, and attachment to supporting construction. 1. Each type, composition, color, and finish of tile. 2. Assembled samples with grouted joints for each type, composition, color, and finish of tile. A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the installation of tile and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. B. Tile work shall be subject to performance standards as set by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) specification for ceramic tile and the Tile Council of America (TCA) Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installations, latest editions. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be delivered in original unopened packages with labels legible and intact. B. Materials shall be stored in a dry enclosed shelter providing protection from damage and exposure to the weather elements. C. Remove damage or deteriorated materials from the premises. MulvannyG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 09310 Page 2 CERAMIC TILE PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TILE PRODUCTS A. Manufacturers of Tiles: 1. Crossville Ceramics Company, L.P. 2. Florida Tile Industries, Inc. 3. Or as approved by the Architect. B. Wall Tile for Exterior Vertical Application: 1. Composition: Porcelain. 2, Surface: Textured. 3. Module Size: 12 -'inch by 12 -inch. 4. Nominal Thickness: 1/4 inch. 5. Grade: Exterior 6. Basis -of- Design Product: Crossville Porcelain Stone, Aurora XT Series. 7. Color: To be selected by Architect. 8. Exterior Grade Tile: Maximum weight of tile units shall be 10psf. Maximum size of tile units shall be 3/4" by 18" by 18 ". C. Wall Tile Trim'Units: Provide trim units as necessary for a complete installation. Match characteristics of adjoining flat tile and coordinate with sizes and coursing where applicable. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Weather Resistive Barrier: ASTM D 226, Type 1 (No. 15 asphalt- saturated organic felt), unperforated, complying with local jurisdiction requirements. B. Cement Backing Panels: Use "Durock" by USG, or as approved by Architect. Provide thickness as shown on Drawings. C. Joint/Corner Treatment: Use polymer- coated open mesh, 4" wide tape as recommended by cement panel manufacturer for exterior walls. D. Bond Coat: Fortified Mortar meeting ANSI A 118.4. Ready -to -mix thin set mortar containing dry latex polymers, as recommended by tile manufacturer. E. Grout: Fortified Grout meeting ANSI A118.6. Ready -to -mix Portland cement grout containing dry latex polymers, as recommended by tile manufacturer. Color as selected by Architect. F. Screws: Type SF, screws, wafer head, with corrosion resistant coating, for steel framing, as recommended by cement panel manufacturer. G. Sealant: Detail as indicated on the Drawings and color as selected by Architect. Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. Sealant shall have written sealant manufacturer's approval for use on the exterior. 2. Only high - performance low- modulus silicone, polyurethane, and polysulfide sealants meeting the requirements of ASTM C 920 for Type "S" or "M ", Grade "NS ", Class "25" shall be used. MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 H. Provide flashing elements and a means for directing water to the outer surface of the wall or weather resistive barrier. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. B. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with TCA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. C. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when adjoining tiles and trim of same size. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated. D. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant - filled joints during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw -cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in substrates. E. Grout tile to comply with requirements of ANSI A108.10, unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 FRAMING A. See Division 9 "Gypsum Board Assemblies" for non - load - bearing steel framing. See Structural Drawings for load- bearing steel framing. B. Steel Framing: Stud spacing shall be 16" on center maximum. Steel framing shall be 20 gauge or heavier with a corrosion - resistant coating equivalent to G60 hot dipped galvanized. 3.3 WEATHER RESISTIVE BARRIER A. Install a weather resistive barrier horizontally over open steel framing. Attach weather resistive barrier to steel framing with tape or adhesive. Lap weather - resistive barrier 4 inches to 6 inches at all joints in shingle -like manner (bottom course installed first) to prevent water penetration. C. The weather resistive barrier must be continuous behind vertical and horizontal control /expansion joints. Family Fun Center New Retail Building • • SECTION 09310 Page 3 CERAMIC TILE 3. Sealant shall be been tested for compatibility with the materials to which it will be bonded by the sealant manufacturer. 4. Sealant primer, if required, shall be used as specified by the sealant manufacturer for the selected sealant to ensure suitable bond of sealant to materials on both sides of the joint. I -cut weather resistive barrier at opening. Cut horizontally across window and door heads and sills to corners of rough opening, then cut vertically down the center of the rough opening and wrap weather - resistive barrier into opening around jamb framing members. Do not wrap the weather resistive barrier around the window or door header. MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • SECTION 09310 Page 4 CERAMIC TILE 3.4 SURFACE CONTROL JOINTS A. Leave a continuous minimum 1/2" gap between cement backing panels for insertion of a backer rod and sealant control joint. Space control joints a maximum of 16 feet on center. B. Cement backing panel edges shall be supported and attached to framing with screws spaced a maximum of 16" on center. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF CEMENT BACKING PANELS A. Install cement backing panels over the weather resistive barrier and attach to the steel framing. B. Install cement backing panels horizontally (long edges perpendicular to the framing), with the rough side toward the exterior. C. Fit abutting ends of panels closely, but not forced together. Gap each successive course of panels (horizontal joint) a maximum of 1/8 ". D. Center the ends, vertical joints, over framing members with a minimum 5/8" bearing on the face of each stud. Stagger panels vertical joints by a minimum of one stud cavity. E. Pre -cut the panels into L- shaped pieces to fit around openings. Maintain a minimum 8" width above and below openings. Do not align panel joirits with corners of openings or other wall penetrations. F. Fasten the panels along the framing members spaced a maximum of 8" o.c. for walls with steel screws for steel framing, with a 3/8" minimum fastener penetration into the framing member. G. Position perimeter fasteners at least 3/8" and less than 5/8" from ends and edges. Drive fasteners in field of panel first, working towards ends and edges. Drive fasteners so bottom of heads are flush with surface of panel to provide firm panel contact with the framing members. Do not drive fastener heads below panel surface. H. Leave a 1/2" to 5/8" gap between the panels and the edge of opening for subsequent application of the 45 -Bead. 3.6 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION FOR FINISH MATERIALS A. Inspect the cement backing panels and weather resistive barrier to ensure the following: 1. The panels securely fastened to the framing and be free of voids, surface delaminations, projections or surface deterioration. 2. The exterior surface shall be flat and within the dimensional tolerance of 1/4" in 10 feet (both directions) to produce a flat and true surface. B. Repair or replace any defects in the panels or the weather resistive barrier prior to proceeding. 3.7 CONDITIONS FOR APPLICATION OF FINISH MATERIALS A. Mortar and grout shall not be installed when the panels or ambient air temperature is below 40 degrees F. The temperature must remain at 40 degrees F or above during mixing, application, and for at least 24 hours after application. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 Y 1 r 11 1 3.8 TILE INSTALLATION B. Mortar coverage of 100 percent is required. 3.9 TILE FINISH 3.10 SEALANT JOINTS of backup material and sealant. E. Ensure joint surfaces are dry and frost free. Family Fun Center New Retail Building SECTION 09310 Page 5 CERAMIC TILE B. Notify Architect of any discrepancies. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been eliminated or corrected. A. Exterior porcelain tile shall not exceed 3/4" thick, 18" by 18" in size, and 10 psf. Tile shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A108.5 and manufacturer's written recommendations. C. Apply latex fortified mortar over wall surface using the appropriate notched trowel for the tile being installed. Back - butter the tile units to assure 100 percent mortar contact. Install units by firmly pressing units into the freshly applied mortar. Use a sliding and twisting motion to embed units and obtain a 100 percent mortar contact. Tamp tile in accordance with accepted practice. D. If required, install shelf anchors to support the weight of the units, every 12 feet to 14 feet vertically. Use spacers between tile units to prevent slippage of the tile until the mortar has set. A. After tile mortar has set firmly for 24 hours, apply latex fortified grout in accordance with ANSI A 108.10. B. Remove any spacers installed to position tile units. Force maximum amount of grout into joints. Tool and compress grout into all joints to provide neat and uniform appearance. C. Clean off any grout material from the surfaces of the tile to avoid permanent impairment of appearance of the finished application. D. Cure the finish tile installation as required by ANSI A108.10 A. Conduct a pre - installation meeting at the site with the appropriate parties involved to discuss and confirm sealant selection and installation procedures prior to the start of the work. B. Examine joint sizes and conditions to establish correct depth to width relationship for installation C. Clean bonding joint surfaces to harmful substances including dust, rust, oil, grease, and other substances which may impair bonding quality. D. Do not apply sealants to joint surfaces treated with sealers, curing compounds, water repellents, or other coating unless tests have been conducted to confirm the long -term bond compatibility of materials. Remove unreliable coatings as required. F If required, prime sides of joints in accordance with sealant manufacturer's written recommendations. Allow primer to adequately cure according to sealant manufacturer's instructions and immediately install sealant. Where necessary to prevent staining, mask adjacent surfaces prior to priming and sealant application. MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 09310 Page 6 CERAMIC TILE G. Install backup material as required to achieve correct joint depth and shape. H. For multi- component sealant materials, mix materials in strict accordance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Family Fun Center New Retail Building Apply sealant in strict accordance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Apply sealant in continuous beads using gun with proper nozzle size. 2. Use sufficient pressure to completely fill voids and joints. 3. Tool surface of sealant to form a smooth, slightly concave shaped bead, free from wrinkles and air pockets. Remove excess compound. J. Cure sealant in strict accordance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 3.11 CLEAN UP A. Remove leftover materials from the job site. B. Wall surfaces adjacent to the general work area shall be cleaned of any foreign material resulting from the mortar or grout application. END OF SECTION 09310 MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 09912 PAINTING A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior items and surfaces. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Samples: For each type of finish -coat material indicated. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well - ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. B. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 and 90 deg F. C. Apply solvent- thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F. D. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in the quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with labels describing contents: Deliver extra materials to Owner. Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. Quantity: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. or 1 case, as appropriate, of each material and color applied. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore). 2. ICI Dulux Paint Centers (ICI Dulux Paints). 3. PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints). 4. Sherwin- Williams Co. (Sherwin- Williams). MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • SECTION 09912 Page 2 PAINTING 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best - quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint - material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. C. Colors: As selected from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 PREPARATORY COATS A. Exterior Primer: Exterior alkyd or latex -based primer of finish coat manufacturer and 1 recommended in writing by manufacturer for use with finish coat and on substrate indicated. 1. Zinc - Coated Metal Substrates: Galvanized metal primer. 2. Where manufacturer does not recommend a separate primer formulation on substrate indicated, use paint specified for finish coat. 2.4 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Exterior Galvanized Steel — Enamel: Two finish coats over a galvanized metal primer. r� 1. First Coat -DTM Acrylic Primer / Finish B66 W1 (8 mils wet, 3 mils dry) by Sherwin Williams or as approved. 2. Second and Third Coats: Industrial Enamel B54Z Series VOC (4 mils wet, 2 mils dry per coat), by Sherwin Williams or as approved by Architect. B. Copper — HVAC unit condensate drain piping and tubing above the roof line: 1. First Coat -- DTM Wash Primer B71Y1 by Sherwin Williams or as approved. 2. Topcoat -- High perfomance acrylic finish, Sher -Cryl B66 -300 by Sherwin Williams or as approved. 1 C. Concrete Masonry Units -- Flat Paint 1. First Coat —Loxon Block Surfacer A24 -200 (16 mils wet, 8 mils dry) by Sherwin Williams or as approved. 2. Second and Third Coats — Conflex XL Elastomeric (20 -23 mils wet, 11 -12 mils dry) by Sherwin Williams or as approved. 1 D. Concrete -- Flat Paint 1. First Coat - Loxon Exterior Masonry Acrylic Primer A24W300 (8 mils wet, 3.1 mils dry per ! coat) by Sherwin Williams or as approved. 2. Second & Third Coats - A -100 Exterior Latex Flat A6 Series (4 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry per coat) by Sherwin Williams or as approved. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 i 111 SECTION 09912 Page 3 PAINTING PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION 111 A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. C. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface - applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using 111 workers skilled in the trades involved. D . Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's Ip written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Cementitious Materials: Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. 3. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum -based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. I � E. Material Preparation: 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required 111 during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. F Exposed Surfaces: 1. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. 1 1 G. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise 11 prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 2. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. H. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators 111 according to manufacturer's written instructions. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 w • SECTION 09912 Page 4 PAINTING I. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. J. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. K. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn - through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. L. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. M. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. B. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. C. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. 1 END OF SECTION 09912 1 1 1 1 MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 F. Closeout Submittals: 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Family Fun Center New Retail Building SECTION 10350 FLAGPOLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall- Mounted Flagpoles. B. Accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM B 241/B 241M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements: 1. Flagpole height: 20 feet. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Flagpole with flag flying: Resistant to minimum 80 miles per hour wind velocity without permanent deformation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's descriptive literature for flagpoles, including all components. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations and types of flagpoles in project; indicate mounting details. D. Samples: Two sets of color chips representing finishes specified. E. Quality Assurance Submittals: 1. Design Data: Documentation of compliance to specified performance requirements, bearing seal and signature of registered Professional Structural Engineer licensed to practice in the State in which the project is located. 2. Manufacturer's printed installation instructions for indicated project conditions. 1. Project record documents: 2. Operation and maintenance data for specified flagpoles. 3. Warranty documents: Issued and executed by manufacturer. A. Spiral wrap flagpole with protective covering and pack in protective shipping tubes or containers. 7100 Fun Center Way Tukwila, Washington 98188 MulvannyG2 Architecture MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 10350 Page 2 FLAGPOLES B. Protect flagpole and accessories from damage or moisture. 1.6 SCHEDULING - A. Ensure that anchoring devices are supplied to installers requiring them in time for building -In to substrates. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Furnish flagpole manufacturer's standard warranty against defects in product workmanship and materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 1 A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Concord Industries, Inc., or as approved. 2.2 WALL MOUNTED FLAGPOLES 1 A. Product: Vertical Wall Mount Flagpole. B. Shaft: 1 1. Material: Seamless cone - tapered aluminum tubing conforming to ASTM B 241, Alloy 6063, Temper T6. 2. Finish: Polished to deep luster sheen; clear anodized finish conforming to AA M32 -C22- A41. C. Truck: Cast aluminum housing and spindle, with 2 -3/8 inches diameter cast nylon sheave; 1 revolving mounting with 26 stainless steel ball bearings, non - fouling. D. Halyard: One per flagpole as follows: 1 1. Material: 5/16 inch diameter white waterproof polypropylene. 2. Hardware: Two chrome swivel -type flag snaps each set, spaced for specified flag sizes. 1 E. Cleat: One (1) cast aluminum cleat per flagpole, 9 inches long, finish matching shaft, with stainless steel socket -head anchor bolts. 2.3 ACCESSORIES 11 A. Wall Mount Bracket: 1. Cast or fabricated aluminum, finish matching shaft, with anchors of size and type specified in manufacturer's installation instructions for indicated wall conditions; diameter matching butt diameter of shaft. 2. Model Number: As selected by Architect. B. Finial: Spun aluminum, 14 gage wall thickness, flush seam, gold anodized finish, diameter matching butt diameter of shaft. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 • • 11 1 11 1 1 11 11 1 1 1 1 I 1 11 11 1 11 I 2.4 FABRICATION A. Provide self - aligning internal sleeves for shafts fabricated in sections for field assembly; field - welded connections, including plug - welding, are not permitted. B. Fabricate end -to -end joints of shaft sections for hairline joint after connection; match mark and number shaft sections for field assembly. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Anchoring devices are correct type, and in correct location, in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions. B. Installer's Examination: 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install flagpole components and accessories in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's installation instructions. Family Fun Center New Retail Building END OF SECTION 10350 7100 Fun Center Way Tukwila, Washington 98188 SECTION 10350 Page 3 FLAGPOLES 1. Have installer of this section examine conditions under which construction activities of this section are to be performed, then submit written notification if such conditions are unacceptable. 2. Transmit two copies of installer's report to Architect within 24 hours of receipt. 3. Beginning construction activities of this section before unacceptable conditions have been corrected is prohibited. 4. Beginning construction activities of this section indicates installer's acceptance of conditions. MulvannvG2 Architecture MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 10350 Page 4 FLAGPOLES Family Fun Center New Retail Building • 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MulvannyG2 Architecture 1 (Blank Page) 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY PART2- PRODUCTS Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1. "Accessible Parking" sign. 2. "Accessible Van Parking" sign. 3. "$200 Fine for Violation" sign. 4. "No Parking Fire Lane" sign. • • SECTION 10431 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE A. This Section includes the following: 1. Accessible parking signs. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. 1. Verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. C. Samples: For each sign material indicated that involves color selection. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and with code provisions as adopted by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Accessible Parking Requirements, State Building Code. 3. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways of the State where project is located. A. Handicap Signs: Sign materials, design, and graphics complying with Handicap requirements consisting of the following, or as required by local jurisdictions: B. Signposts: Use one of the following as appropriate for the sign installation -- 1. 2 inch x 2 inch x 1/8 inch galvanized steel square tube. 2. 2 inch ID Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe. 3. 2 inch wide "U ", 1/8 inch thick galvanized steel. C. Sign Support Hardware: Galvanized steel or aluminum fasteners meeting requirements of the State Standard Highway Sign manuals. Paint fasteners to match the sign when exposed on sign face. MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 10431 Page 2 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE Sign Base: Portland cement concrete, Fc 3000 psi. Attach sign only after concrete has set at least 14 days. 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types described and in compliance with local jurisdiction requirements. 1. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion and other defects in appearance. B. Handicap Requirements: Mount signs as required to meet handicapped requirements. END OF SECTION 10431 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 New Retail Building Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 11 11 11 11 11 11 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE: Requirements of the Conditions of the Contract and of Division 1 of these Specifications apply to all work of this section. 1.2 EXTENT OF WORK: Provide fabric awning system and accessories as indicated on the drawings. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide awning units that are complete assemblies, produced by one manufacturer / fabricator. B. All structural framework and fabric elements are single source responsibility of fabricator. C. Fabricator's Qualifications: Where indicated units require custom fabrication, provide units fabricated by shop which is skilled, and with a minimum of five (5) years of experience in similar work. Fabricate all custom equipment items at same shop. Where units cannot be fully shop - fabricated. Complete fabrication work at project site. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for all components and application conditions of awning units which are not fully dimensioned or detailed in product data. Show relationships to adjoining work. Provide sections and details at connections and corners. Provide schedule of all units to be furnished, including field measurements at each location. B. Samples: For initial selections, submit color charts showing full range of colors and actual fabric samples available for each awning assembly. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Awning Manufacturer to guarantee workmanship for a period of one (1) year. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Awning Fabric: Woven fabric, made of 100 percent modacrylic solutions dyed fibers with a fluorocarbon finish, 9.25 oz. per square yard. Use "Sunbrella" by Glen Raven Mills, Inc., or approved equal. B. Thread: Bonded polyester V -92 meets specifications VT285E, Type II, Class I, Sub Class B. Thread color to match fabric color. C. Seams: All seams electronically heat sealed. D. Grommets: Zinc coated brass #2 Spur grommets, 6 inch on cenler spacing. See Drawings for locations of grommets. MulvannvG2 Architecture Family Fun Center New Retail Building SECTION 10950 FABRIC AWNING SYSTEM 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 SECTION 10950 Page 2 FABRIC AWNING SYSTEM F. Ferrous Metals: G. Paint: 2.2 FABRICATION, GENERAL Family Fun Center New Retail Building 1 1 1 Lacing Rope: Polyester Diamond Braided No. 4. 1. Steel plates, shapes, and bars: ASTM A36. 2. Steel tubing: ASTM, Al20, type and grade as selected by fabricator and as required for design loading, corrosion resistant galvanized tubing or approved equal. 1. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC -Paint 20, high- zinc - dust - content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel. 2. Finish Paint: Apply touch up paint specifically color matched to the tubing. A. Shop Assembly: Pre - assemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Awnings Framework: Use materials in size and thickness as required to produce strength and durability in finished product for use intended. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for various components of work. 1. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Maintain cross - section of pipe and tubing. Crimped pipe ends, fitting and tee connections are not acceptable. - 2. Weld corners and seams continuously, comply with AWS recommendations. Grind and brush all welds. Brazed welds are not acceptable. 3. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. 4. Provide for anchorage of type shown, coordinated with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for intended use. C. Fabric Coverings: Design awning covers for easy removal with lacing of covers to framework. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install awning units in manner indicated to comply with manufacturer's instructions. Position units level, plumb, secure, at proper height and location relative to adjoining window units, openings, and other related work. Securely anchor units with proper clips, brackets, anchorages, suited to type of mounting indicated. B. Provide adequate clearances between fabric awning framework and structures to permit unencumbered operation of hardware. C. Attach fabric to frame work as recommended by manufacturer, using lacing techniques as required to conceal ends of lacing and to assure proper fit of fabric to frame. MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 e 1 1 1 1 i • • 11 1 1 1 11 11 1 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 Family Fun Center New Retail Building END OF SECTION 10950 SECTION 10950 Page 3 FABRIC AWNING SYSTEM MulvannvG2 Architecture 7100 Fun Center Way MG2 #03- 1260 -02 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Printed on April 17, 2006 • • STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FAMILY FUN CENTER RETAIL BUILDING 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA FOR MULVANNYG2 ARCHITECTURE 1110 112 AVENUE NE, SUITE 500 BELLEVUE, WA 9,8004 BY K.M. MAW ASSOCIATES 810 THIRD AVENUE, SUITE 705 SEATTLE, WASHIr4GTON 98104 KMM JOB NO. 06-14 APRIL 17, 2006 - ION A L V- 7. E 7R I O/24 "-1 index roof live load dead load snow drift design joist design girder design beam beam supporting girder reaction cantilever load column figure design allowable baring pressure JOE NUM/ Pr TRUCTURAL CENTRAL BIJI ti 'I. (JUL) iVIAIN Vt. firTHUUTUKAL DE:( STRUCTURAI, ENGINEER CFTkA RJH (AG SEATTLE, Vi./ASH!NGTC11 98104 ( 1146 Pe7 6/Y me') r) / aS/i /6 _1 zoo z . za/z-,e)//K../6 /9o' >c /00 G6 p (4, s co -7 ) (-9,22 / e - / 6HELr Jr FE E& 7V7 LSC.N A- . .) INV. 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 (JOE) MAW PE. •RLKTIOA. 0ON ET •ATE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER Esicity_4? CENTRAL BUIUMG SEATTLE, WASKIE;TON 98104 624-7146 2 = v - - 4 •=7- -49 /z_ . -121//t-441-11-V Arc --A/7 2J 2 • z 2 -6) /; 2 0 a z _ /.• z_- = 'A/ '2 x -666'7 s /s / / Z PROJECT LOCATO CUNT - &' 0 0 S cz, , 4-e-teococr--2:7 = , 2_ W JOB SHEET W. 11 11 11 111 11 11 11 11 11 1 K.M. (JOE) MAW PE. OMUCTURAL DESIGN STRUCT1JRAL ENGINEER cErariAi. • IPROJE.CT :SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98104 624-7146 o LOCATON r..3 !ENT 77 7l re i-efp-e-e F e-//6..-- A. z- / f/.) 4( ,c7 /9 0 /` - - 6/6-6 -- ---6_ 0 x /z- SHEE •DATE flFSN CHECK /A - 6' /0, (pax /6-, /zy ZA too ( 5 , ) c /6 g zi >c cf? 4LZ_ 7 2 /2t //t/ 4/ As /6 /C 41 -c2?-7-7/9)-zs's'70 e S7 /6- 76- 4t Sh.EET NO, - 5 9 ' 7 4- JUi NU. KM, (JOE) MAW E. 1 . 'TRUCTURI4L DESiUN SHEE STRUCTURAL ENGNEER1 crip 13ii!Lkiiff; 1 FROCT SEATTLE, INAsHIN GI ON 98104 6247146 ,(7 ________ CLIENT 7)L 2c /c d - DATE DESIGN CHPCK )( / 6 /4 / ( p ,$e 77&7" xe) J NO. -J1 SI- EET NC?. = z itt itt itt itt itt itt itt 11 11 itt K.M. (JUL) MAW PE. •TRUCTUPiAL DESIGN SHEF DATE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER DES:GN CENTRAI 11NG PROjECT SEATTLE. WASHMI 98104 624-714b . /1-29 Gtp 7z 2 ( 7-6 , g/.67 x • /4-/ 2, A.76.>( 4 X ).3- • Lcc,Arn:k1 CH7::CK ge:e 2F 6)/i/yeoi JUU NU. :51 E 1 NU. [ KM_ 00E) MAW FE, ir i 4 0 L f 17 L.,,LL.ii P.S ENGNEER CENIkAL EIU:LDNii PRO1CT _._.„52S/ eZ SEATTLE. WASHIl ON 08104 624-7 -:6 /(f 7 FiEt 1 J UP‘ I L 2 0.,PL 7( /q Z /0 /C- 0 0 7 - 7 K,/ /-=--- 6ty /2 r- 0 6- C- a7,01 07 6 1../ • • lwr 1 K.IV1. (JOE) STRUM: CENTRAL RAL t'. SEATTLE, WASH N' 624 -7146 Jij/ / /VJ 60.5 = 8X 2o= %b0 / (SZ 6 /97, t 2 -f -o gxzza �o zx�o_ 7 -gy /G/ 6 /' 5 3_ l2 -14- ro S 1.t.+ S .• l0 4 - 9 - ,�¢g� 20 ?c/a 1 � 9 , -', = 2 GO = z o X _o —¢ -3 _ .7 _it X2 /;31 A = sX /72 0 s -/0 x 7_3 - • 3 6.9 , f! -?gei 0.9,®0Q x /4 S7 )ES GN _. ._.._ CHECK __ /J 2 `THEE f N( M. (JOE) 1\./1A\N PE. 32 k\ /L2 L8/9 7 Ze71,W 20X C 144- .CCXerx 1 (. - 0 )6 )4 °) f /7 x•-s - z - ,g 67 /2 /e--- ,/,s Z-0 r Property Line - New Building 9,700 S.F. 21' Li ! • ole Property Une — Retaini reco drain (SEE / • Property Une • • Drain to Sanitary Sewer 21' Light Pole Power easement 100' Offset from • • ordinary high /?# e t \ water line C� 21' Light Pole �'qV 1? e SITE PLAN SCALE: 1'.20' Une of ordinary high water ; 40' Offset from ordinary Ng water line 21' Light Pole FUn Cente Light standard/ underground power Existing Ught standard 1 erty ,Line standard 7 Asphalt i 7 I with ured storm e plan. ML) E)dsting Light rropeny un i / CI New Striping Asphalt ostiNg tb Ne`1 W / Ecisting Light standard / PARKING DATA SECURED PARONG SAA 000.PANCY • 2SNOOD SF. MOO SF. (UMW 8F.) • 2i8 STALLS 10TKSTALLS REWIRED. 058TAUS STANDARD (11)59)= (C)CONPMGT(1QiB)• (NC)11A1oS7W hM • TOTAL STALLS • Q , T*STAI18 S STALLS 4 STAUB 838TAUS 13.00 21.10 FIRE TRUCK feet Width 9.00 Track 9.00 Lock to Lock Tine 6.00 Steering Angle 40.00 Existing Ught standard Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA __M _U I A N N Y_LG2_ 1110112TH AVE. NE I WOE 800 BEiLEVUE. WA I SSON 1425A/3320X 1 1 425463 2002 MWanO'A7som PERMIT SET 4.21.06 Jam/ g bm Las. M SS& DATE 421.06 3760 I }yv — �: WINK LEE STATT OT WASmWOTON ,•�. Y O•a� Yia•..0•s•is� DESCRIPTOR ISSUED FOR PERMIT 03.,2E0.02 Pit WWSn TMop.Nn DRAWIt W3 8.1-03 RECENE SITE PLAN AUG 25200 COMMUNITY DEVELO A1.01 IRRIGATION PLAN SCALE i+av ax -• Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWIA,WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CEN13R WAY 7UKWI A, WA �U1V_4.d_N�L G2 ,fm m e sa. If I e.rto ' IMIrwa••• I eae in•eem 1 Im.nm CC } 3 Z W z Z 5 = m 0 LL J z E •• LL F J L o I 00.1. 01210121910“ • aamea1rerr A IRRIGATION PLAN „ "L4 A1.01C LANIZCAPB SCHEDULE OB.OAONNM IO& NIMB1'q ElidarEND M Red Bsela M.pb eil IAdbbpl• Rwd.O Pia MiBgBialEMSMI Shwa Pia Bep bAr • Ft wfABw km. Emerald Monis Ithedadeeise Nowa Laid Bolly LadOsoselles feeiBOVa NMI. Om Lake Der • Beef SZINIZIWOlga Bat &MNd 10ma 190 lei All hap.m rM b awl by moay. y1o♦b qam AB Iwos..®wBl tow . may ofldmpe bat BBB m &d evmier markrybe eedlodtr egad rah SCALE 1.10 //jfe ai)1j, e LANDSCAPE PLAN Center IA , A Family Fun C,ert —_ - -, —., Retail Builitcling 7i00 FUN CENT :R W. TUKWILA, NWA H2 Office LL( . 7300 FUN CFNT '=R W i 7UKWI A, OVA • rv.pelNBR 1 ml71E993 , MUZAK Kt Mgco1 e0.0.7=2 1 rm a1a oz a OMB {tib oBBOalm ml 01 0fp Any r..2r3 CI IVabit LAND A1.01A k . RECEIVED AUG 2 5 NS ao mr r'ippu jI9i 1191P 1 11" 9191Pli11111 ii Mil 2 111; 3 „Om -1 r 8 � n o r oil g 3 s� h m 1 roc, 12G o w zZ 0 ylz RN ri; 1 > F 0 0 z a v i m 0 P P 0 m z m W150FORRF;r0PRUIeR "1 WI' l 1 if cn 0 2 r r :131N30 Nnd Al SlOEIVIAS oNicnine 11V.13:1 D GENERAL PROJECT DATA in i 1 DATE - -.: - 0 1 r'ippu jI9i 1191P 1 11" 9191Pli11111 ii Mil 2 111; 3 „Om -1 r 8 � n o r oil g 3 s� h m 1 roc, 12G o w zZ 0 ylz RN ri; 1 > F 0 0 z a v i m 0 P P 0 m z m W150FORRF;r0PRUIeR "1 WI' l 1 if cn 0 2 r r :131N30 Nnd Al SlOEIVIAS oNicnine 11V.13:1 Ababa= Bain amnb Rat fbrbro■pdead Ego nNmaaaonb Nero Wad Snaa dFaon NAM Wed Li6■sm•P end be pnii coal atti moray d ambrsd n 0:02ums Doorman 2Tb• sap dm= ten inn nuns c meuen d■•pdd• nebsonaabltld 6Vlp Noun= kpea ®d wok b Mrod b n >padr= Tomdbnnagn at ■ bg bib= wale= rprbarragen, Ian deb, 0ydrprnne 6.11r gags deatrannal nand and tams r armoays inahnta Wrttrind bdna•pob mirror dug a•r6rad paddnBcgadWoetrls Pan Awn Msgat gen Igoe rmon cow nab gal sat benun= panda_=rand= Dmara Week under gigs= oardrart•mmlobarr pnnendbyes nag nYma a lib 04 Wale L en= Warn maraawdaIs Min amy0wa L Bella U®bdtocon nadnyes Oerin=• rpm" cong aTa n= Lain dba manna ty the Ono ten•swab mar. b. 6hka% b bided earn added Dena /Bit amp aline codes ■ ■Wlensmar. b m} p 1. Cdfaad Omer udraspsb m. L Tta LaamW ■ Gina Y h roam mgr. PL drd taabau■bm opor • 1. hand tenni, caw Sal LMtn /Bld cadre none cow der t erkal L Dena /Ba=anger s. sae toesr■r a Ds L Dna/Bm man• nom con gin b pa Raedm.e R•Abe L Dnfpa/ Bulb in awancarnor s.T s OmenCbmamrd b oralcoal.tr csarie dy ellaieda0 be acne drakes tie intact ar■letd table n res cons d er Ins= hided nrrrpa soonsomed Moak omaetls byes Omen &Rola= BOap Cedes e coned Sin toa■ggrdmsic= rmn erg Waling, WA, ▪ Mansard B06p Colo 2020 ESA& a on= and welled biro Stela d Was6rmm b thaRrouYWetefCoda =MR a■speds0 seded RR' SUP dWIRO*. tAdaa MOk°Gtde,2003 Eseina Waadrel sonde gn8trodenti al sad KgCasp. a WashYps■ Gab Eons Cob, Man 6411 WAC, 7000E®m L Nona deny cebeeddorosad da an blunt wands oprohran Or ms tam e rdsoad era IOOq®A1/7.1,70 W ymaab sod us=e Bhp ell Flies) L SOD lesdipeBbe ddmd Iran* er=e n(Mb Sign a. 2003taaaarR■ 2003CeWei LW6dprcan 6 Brsalp211011 ▪ 011111 auadaaapsdoda 7.7660 a Oy affirm. Wadkn■ MU h. inn Desep■tto OU - Cans= Lys asap 6 Enka a 256 Ann (1113108F.) L Peaty a ingRpda L L5/ 10001q.Lkr Real use 666 pale =nay =IOt=GniA131 10. Tgo dOmpeg L W anno I ndira 11. Type dOemms a Type be 120p661r, Diann& Re son L Spin= =ban b• podded 6 Sanding d ndbpsttd aAn adaasdh Rao Anon Byaadl wain e pin dnSinai bad rep bends= slab In as dTllada Oaere Na 1600 11 R• Neldw Roues a 1 day, 4(7 awed per TIM 603 4.4 dwell penmen a 1 my. ao •cod array brpla aaaeoeaaep. 1SAla•e=nes a Tab 620 deign ao• 0300 end= Sr Aloe 75% oaken rdm0 4rm LTon Os= down= m • 13,750 R 6 e•ma SRI dm 4 toestrponedrdweaaopatlrw•nn I. %ADaMOS•47250 q Tonnabdenact* a■ • 47yy sq. II. a Tad W el Wool baalm• 6,700 sq. L Rtlr•oderma 1•Fad annum= ■: Its Arm bdaar6 for e UlaTrsal sank* metddaM berndebd WA= bmt dada Weal causal specs d4 baled and permed byes Warn ono= lo rowan b N Wed tros dam m Rea asap mused puck mr®wesrd be healed dwhpestoaendm clan bulay tldmy I low no porn.% Liu• anelmploa ere n nem= dot The Oxon banal= lints bairn dm m to wade. C. Penal demand/ who role a oodIR add bon Row men Rauh; dahard.lRobe* bid= bonalupw•md oat norm= a Dean 0aaper0 Luny 1. Re aapd bad d be nadm■mnl drangn8emb arirneedtrp■a®dsoap donne) tin&ban Idnads Is prebend patlad • pall dnano' L Rand Orwell Rear Bain • 30 portable 10A L 0,700eq. 6130. 323ampabad A oilmen 2edamasked d, bid 750 .. Sabana buOaV. =Oman teal dunces• 250 17. Plab3y Rona. w461e.a albs asap Aderi<p= bs• ISOLTen epeaaler uewmd to r6 tadoi steamer Ean Waal ainganging soured waalad byes brgen own= o■nt adenp ny b Nolan ram bens c nano leangina o no blat nom fang d be pond es pad be angebin. Resambd dial pod mil pane cot coma pas sor apnea eon asapel aa6men 16 Deslpa /Bind Ebbs Work(s) a as den: Mid baba as land mama 4 d0earabed as nee /OW anmasa®b Olin b AI rens=besaladesm n =inn and ban pjedmanual bb aLre aped ®np6emdttrio Anna ddat an Ds nen /Add naafi b•=net=byder pens unit a 1L Erin ends= a Based m is dinar / bad =easy alto marmo l eYmid ad p e n t a b bind In pcleg to t n al aslrmrae d•rn d d teen LT =logi albs cannel= h dny mason byes ding/ bbl anti a•andI pear• and s=aid wen com lammomadwL b. In =con teladsa Rvdo en prwlbd ds web donna =inn gig= Rm•nb ores R.dm lab= a NOT= in rmrty. mar On retires tmaeica camas= nen leagrann In d anus Ihnisalt an perms= dto mann(R or IA be tsenraseslake 1st= t Ron. MD L Vial. abaogads•Mb & WA bob pab•R -l0 is Ebben Lade • m salon pond =arms main a Thdariysp•dad mesa be blonaBada Aging non d besbm6 bend an arnpb dnmerd snmpe =Ion= L Tani nano •4305 L Tan lazing erne • 1,716 LL aY al gbnnp au •203% term apnea A- Omba1 1. . WRNS pas and= 2. Bray Cleadro■ 31 1 BmmU•35 4. Mier U• r. Glenna calm B -lea E tmaad 1. Bar ha lgamrldml•A5 2. Sang Cancan • S BmmU•36 4. VA= U • 35 A Nb la ante sad nomad opripa also p••Nad tie dean donna eaon me= gaga pin des oae6aa a Vapor term =germ trio nag ad atWas rya= 20. arms a No bung. eL mourn cep= alpq hMrtlbns gene ds■t'AI nano dbe pond pylmela td atalbdtr SS Want brprommxL 21. Taab Worm a Oemmm bah rr n o rm s inn= b paid= con norm tor es= won d Ian W e n n ads IRO= (0r w. 022 Heating and insulation nowt: 1. Electrical resistance heat is not allowed for this building. 2. Show insulation values to mach those on the Washington State mmmdmtial clergy code form ENV -UA. Roofs: R - 21 Wells: R -I1 (minimum) Slabs an grease: RIO Opaque doors: 0.60 U -value Vertical glazing 0.60 U -value 823 Mechanical note: 1. One, one ton omit will be installed for freeze protection. Additional units will be added when Tennant Improvement plans are submitted. RECEIVED JUN 2 9 21106 COae 0,31Y . navEenPaaueaur Family Fun Retail Buil°, 7100 FUN CENTER WA TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA y �1 U1VA N N_Y_ G2 1110112TH AVE. NE ( SUITE 600 BELLEVUE, WA 1 88004 7426463.20007 7425.4832002 D3. 126002 P84 Way= Thompson [SARK JAG 8.1.3 G1.00 YWargoR2mn! PERMIT SET 4.21.06 Any Out+n Lee, Arched DATE 4.21.08 •rr•elmarm. ...AB moo* r r. dab demos ... DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR PE3i1UT GENERAL NOTES Aou unutH4ROUND STRUCTURES SHOWN ON THE PLAN ARE BASED UPON NE BEST AVAILABLE PUBUC RECORDS AND \OR PRIVATE RECORDS AS SUPPUED BY THE PROJECT OWNER D \OR DATA OBTAINED VERBALLY FROM OWNERS OR OFFICIALS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PARTICULAR UTIUTY. NEITHER THE OWNER NOR NE ENGINEER GUARANTEE THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THIS INFORMATION AND ASSUME NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR IMPROPER LOCATIONS OR FAILURE TO SHOW inure LOCATIONS ON THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS OTHER UNDERGROUND FACILITIES NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS MAY BE ENCOUNTERED DURING THE COURSE OF THE WORK. ALL INVERT ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. it r}+eNrcn CONDITIONS ARE D./COUNTERED, 'IHE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER PROMPTLY OF (1) PREEXISTING SUBSURFACE (2 CONDITIONS OR ) PREEXISTING DIFFERING INDICATED E UNKNOWN SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS, O AN NATURE DIFFERING MATERIALLY FROM THOSE ORDINARILY ENCOUN- TERED AND GENERALLY RECOGNIZED AS INHERENT IN WORK OF THE CHARACTER PROVIDED FOR IN THE CONTRACT. THE CONTRACTOR ANDOR THE OWNER SHALL MAKE NO CLADAS RECOMPENSATON FOR EXTRA WORK RESULTING CHANGED CONDI- TIONS UNLESS THE ENGINEER HAS APPROVED THE WORK IN WRITING. ( WSDOT SEC 1 -04.7) 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CALL THE UTIUITES UNDERGROUND LOCATION CENTER N FOR FIELD LOCATION O UNTIL ALL KNOWN UNDERGROUND F cI TES IN THE VICINITY OF THE PROPOSED WORK HAVE BEEN LOCATED AND GROUND LOCATION UTILITY CENTER THEN THE CONTRACTOR RA SHALL GIVE INDI- VIDUAL NOTICE TO THAT UTILITY. (WSDOT SEC. 1 -07.17 APWA SUPPLEMENT) 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE REASONABLE PRECAUTIONS AND EXER- CISE SOUND ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES IN CONDUC- TING THE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING PUBLIC EXISTING UTIUTIES UTIUTIES ARE DAMAGED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEF DIATELY NOTIFY THE OWNER AND THE ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RESTORE THE UTILITY TO ITS EXISTING CONDITION.(WSDOT SECTION 1 -07.17 APWA SUPPLEMENT) THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPON- SIBLE FOR THE MEANS AND METHODS O CONSTRUCTION FOR DESIGNS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 5. WHERE THE PLANS CALL FOR UTILITIES TO BE RELOCATED BY OTH- ERS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE UTILITY COMPANY AND COORDINATE HIS WORK SO AS 0 AVOID CONFLICTS. 6. ALL EXCAVATION. TRENCHING, SUBGRADE PREPARATION, FILL PLACE- MENT AND COMPACTION AND ALL SOIL WORK IN GENERAL SHALL BE PROJECT SOIL GNEER AND THE CURRENT GEOTECHN CAL ENGINEER- ING REPORT. 7. ENGINEERING DESIGN AND APPROVAL FOR STRUCTURES SUCH AS WALLS AND VAULTS MUST BE PREPARED BY THE APPROPRIATE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER AND IS NOT A PART OF THESE PLANS. CONTRACTOR 0 SUBMIT SHOP DRAWING TO CIVIL ENGINEER AND CITY FOR APPROVAL 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HIRING PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR TO REFERENCE EXISTING MONUMENTS ON OR ADJOINING ESTABLISH SAID POINTS AT PROJECT COMPLETION. THIS RE- ESTABUSHMENT SHALL BE DOCUMENTED BY RECORD O SURVEY OR SITE PREVIOUS TO DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION AND TO RE- CORNER RECORD AS DESCRIBED IN W.A.C. 332 -120. WATER DISTRIBUTION NOTES: 1. ALL CONSTRUCTION O WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL CONFORM TO THE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS O 111E STALE O WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT O SOCIAL AND HEALTH SERVICES AND THE CITY O TUUKWILA PUBUC WORKS WATER CONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 2 EXCEPT A OTHERWISE NOTED HEREIN, ALL WORK SHAD. BE ACCOMPLISHED AS RECOMMENDED IN APPUCABLE AMERICAN WATERWORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA) AND AMERICAN ACCORD ACCORDING THRECOMMENDATIONS DA 06 THE MANUFACTURER O THE OR EQUIPMENT USED. CONTRACTOR PERFORMING ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION SHALL HAVE A SHALL OF FURNISH A WATER T PLUG OF THE APPROPRIATE SIZE WHICH SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE END O THE WATER MAIN WHEN WORK IS DELAYED OR STOPPED AT THE END O THE WORK DAY. 3. EATER ...,.,S -, AIL BE A i4Ir4IALUM UEPmH O THIRTY -SIX (36) INCHES BELOW ROAD RIGHT -OF- WAY, BELOW FINISHED GRADE ALL WATER. MAINS AND SERVICES WILL NOT BE MORE THAN SIX (6) FEET BELOW FINISHED GRADE 4. DUCTILE IRON PIPE SHALL BE CEMENT -LINED STANDARD THICKNESS CLASS 52 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED AND SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS OF USA STANDARD A -21.51 (AIWA C -151). 5. RUBBER GASKET PIPE JOINTS 0 BE PUSH -ON -JOINT (TYFON) OR MECHANICAL JOINT (M.L) N ACCORDANCE WITH USA STANDARD A21 -11 (AIWA C -111). UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 6. FLANGED JOINT SHALL CONFORM 0 USA STANDARD B16.1. 7. STANDARD THICKNESS CEMENT UNING SHALL BE N ACCORDANCE WITH USA STANDARD A21.4 (AIWA 8. TRENCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED PER TUKWILA STANDARD PLAN 1 WS -10' AND OSHA/WISHA REQUIREMENTS. 9. 115 RODS OR JOINTS DESIGNED 10 SHALL REVENT MOVEMENT MAY R ALSO BE REQUIRED. ON-SITE MIXING OF CONCRETE IS NOT ALLOWED REDI -MIX ONLY. (REF PLAN '115 -1' & 45-2 5HT/ 08). ALL 11E -RODS SHALL BE PAINTED WITH A BITUMINOUS COATING. 10. A CONTINUOUS D UNIFORM BEDDING SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THE TRENCH FOR ALL BURIED PIPE BAO(FILL MATERIAL SHALL BE TAMPED IN LAYERS AROUND THE PIPE AND 0 A SUFFICIENT HEIGHT ABOVE THE PIPE TO ADEQUATELY SUPPORT AND PROTECT THE 'PIPE STONES FOUND N THE TRENCH SHALL BE REMOVED FOR A DEPTH O AT LEAST SIX (6) INCHES BELOW THE BOTTOM O THE PPE 11. CLASS 52 DUCTILE IRON PIPE INSTALLED N ACCORDANCE WIN AIWA STANDARD 0 -151 D THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATION. 12. FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER CITY STANDARDS PLANS 'WS-4' AND 'WS -5'. AND CITY ORDINANCE NO. 729. SEE SHEET C8 LIT H0831dogisal Nang, COV�;1 06407/2006 1216:15 PM, 1:1 1. ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE N ACCORDANCE VAN 'STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR MUNICIPAL PUBUC WORKS CONSTRUCTION' PREPARED BY WASHINGTON STATE CHAPTER AMERICAN PUBUC WORKS ASSOCIATION. CURRENT EDITION (APWA) AND CITY OF TUKWNLA STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS 2. THE CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MEANS. METHODS AND SEQUENCES O CONSTRUCTION AND FOR THE SAFETY O WORKERS D OTHER ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE 3. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBIUTY TO PROTECT IN -PLACE ALL UTIUTIES AND /OR STRUCTURES WHETHER SHOWN OR HOT SMO*N ON 11415 PLAN. DAMAGE DUE TO CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS SHALL BE REPAIRED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 4. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY FILTER FABRIC SILT FENCE TO INSIJRE SEDIMENT LADEN WATER DOES NOT LEAVE 114E PROJECT SITE THE FACILITIES MUST RE LN OPEa.ATI N PRIOR TO CLEARING OR OTHER LANDSCAPING R ARE O COMPLETID AND POTENTIAL FOR ON 9TE EROSION HAS PASSED. AS CONSTRUCTION PROGRFCRS AND EXPECTED (SEASONAL) CONDITIONS DICTATE, MORE SILTATION CONTROL FACILITIES MAY BE REQUIRED TO INSURE COMPLETE SILTATION CONTROL ON THE PROPOSED PROJECT. THEREFORE. DURING THE COURSE O CONSTRUCTION, IT SHALL BE THE OBLIGATION AND RESPONSBIUTY O THE DEVELOPER 10 ADDRESS ANY NEW CONDITIONS THAT MAY BE CREATED BY HIS ACTIVITIES AND TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FACIUTES, OVER AND ABOVE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS, AS MAY BE NEEDED TO PROTECT ADJACENT PROPERTIES. 5. ALL TYPE I CATCH BASINS. FRAMES AND GRATES TYPE I CATCH BASINS (OIL/WATER SEPARATOR) SHALL BE PER OTY TUKWILA INFRASTRUCTURE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARD PLANS 6. THE BACKFILL SHALL BE PLACED EQUALLY ON BOTH SIDES O 1115 PIPE N LAYERS NTH A LOOSE AVERAGE DEPTH O SIX INCHES, MAXIMUM DEPTH EIGHT INCHES, THOROUGHLY TAMPING EACH LAYER THESE COMPACTED LAYERS MUST EXTEND FOR 014E PIPE DIAMETER ON EACH SIDE OF THE PIPE OR TO SIDE O THE TRENCH. MATERIALS TO COMPLETE THE FILL OVER PIPE SHALL BE THE SAME AS FROZEN LUMPS. LUMPS. 0 ROCKS PAVEMENTHACIHHUN ORGANIC MORE THAN SIX INCHES IN MAXIMUM DIMENSION, OR OTHER UNSUITABLE MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE USED. 7. ALL STORM DRAIN PIPE. SHALL BE CONCRETE RUBBER GASKETED ASTI C -14-2 OR ASTIR C -76-II OR 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL CORRUGATE METAL PPE. STEEL PIPE SHALL HAVE WATERTIGHT COUPUNG BANDS CONFORMING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF APWA SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 9 -05.1 (2)A. STEEL PIPE SHALL RECEIVE TREATMENT 5 ASPHALT COATING INSIDE AND OUT. 8. BEDDING FOR RIGID PPE (CONCRETE OR NON) SHALL BE CLASS 13" PER APWA STANDARD PLAN 140. B -11. BEDDING FOR FLEXIBLE PIPE (CORRUGATED METAL OR PLASTIC) SHALL BE CLASS 'F' PER APWA STANDARD PLAN N0. B -18. TRENCH WIDTH SHALL BE 40 INCHES WHICHEVER OR RISI GREATERESBACKFILL DIAMETER H BE IN 6 INCH LAYERS COMPACTED TO 955 MAXIMUM DENSITY. 9. BIOFILTRATION SWALES, RESTRICTORS. AND STORM DRAINS NOT LOCATED ON PUBUC RIGHT -OF-WAY ARE TO BE PRIVATELY MAINTAINED. 10. IN ALL AREAS. OTHER THAN ROADS, WHERE CONSTRUCTION REQUIRES THE REMOVAL O SOD, ETC., THOSE AREAS SHALL BE HYDRO -SEEDED VAN RYE GRASS FOR THE PREVENTION O ON-SITE EROSION. 11. ALL PIPE SHALL BE LAID ON A PROPERLY PREPARED FOUNDATION ACCORDING TO WASHINGTON STATE SPECIFICATION 7-02.3(1). THIS SHALL INCLUDE NECESSARY LEVELING OF THE TRENCH BOTTOM OR THE COMPACTION OF M REQUIRED BEDDING MATERIAL 0 UNIFORM SO THAT THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE PIPE WILL BE SUPPORTED ON A UNIFORMLY DENSE UNYIELDING BASE 12. THE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED ACCORDING 0 THE APPROVED PUNS WHICH ARE ON FILE IN THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBUC WORKS ANY DEVIATION FROM THE APPROVED PLANS MU- REQUIRE WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE PROPER AGENCY, CURRENTLY THE CITY O TUKWILA DEPARTMENT O PUBUC WORKS 11 A COPY OF THESE APPROVED PUNS MUST BE ON THE JOB SITE WHENEVER CONSTRUCTION I5 IN PROGRESS 14. ALL ROOF DRAINS AND FOOTING DRAINS SHALL BE TIGHTUNED 0 THE STORM DRAINAGE 5Y5TL11. 1. ALL MATERIALS USED FOR CONSTRUCTION O CITY O TUKWILA SANITARY SIDE SEWERS SHALL BE NEW AND UNDAMAGED. ALL MATERIALS USED ON THE PROJECT SHALL BE INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY THE CITY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ACCEPTANCE O THE MATERIALS BY THE 0TY SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE DEVELOPER /CONTRACTOR FROM 111E RESPONSIBILITY TO GUARANTEE CONSTRUCTION D MATERIALS. 2. ALL MATERIALS AND METHODS REFERENCED HEREIN SHALL CONFORM 0 THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS FOR MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION FOUND IN THE 'STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR MUNICIPAL PUBUC WORKS CONSTRUCTION. LATEST EDITION, PUBLISHED BY THE WASHINCON .STATE CHAPTER OF 1145 AMERICAN PUBUC WORKS ASSOCIATION, AND THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION, HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THE APWA/WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 3. MATERIALS FOR SIDE SEWERS SHALL BE OTHER CONCRETE, PVC OR 0140111E 18014 AS CPrrrrim ert nW.. - CDAENT CONFORMING 0 ASIA DESIGNATION C14 CLASS NR ON- REIN PIPE AND ASTM C76 FOR REINFORCED WITH REQUIRED CLASS TO BE SPECIFIED ON THE PLANS. - DUCTILE IRON PIPE SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI A21.51 OR AIWA 0151 AND SHALL BE CEMENT LINED, PUSH -ON JOINT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. THE MINIMUM THICKNESS CLASS SHALL BE CLASS 52 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, AS DETAILED IN SECTION 5.3.4 O THESE STANDARDS. - P.V.C. PIPE SHALL CONFORM 0 THE PROVISIONS O ATM 03034 -80, SDR 35 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ALL JOINTS ARE 0 BE PUSH -ON RUBBER GASKET TYPE. 4. PIPE LAYING SHALL START FROM THE LOWEST POINT UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. 5. NO PORTION O ANY SEWER MAIN OR LATERAL INSTALLATION IS 0 BE BACKFILLED OR COVERED UNTIL APPROVED BY THE PUBUC WORKS INSPECTOR. 6. ALL NEW LATERALS OR EXTENSIONS TO EXISTING STUBS SHALL BE it ILI) BY EITHER EXFILIRATION WATER TEST OR LOW PRESSURE AIR TEST FROM THE POINT BUILDING CONNECTION EPWMBING. THE OF SIDE SEWERS SHA BE PERFORMED PRIOR THE O BACKFIWNG. 7 • ALL REQUESTS FOR INSPECTIONS AND FOR WITNESSING TESTS SHALL BE SCHEDULED WITH THE PUBLIC WORKS INSPECTOR 24 -14OURS IN ADVANCE FAILURE TO GIVE ADEOUATE ADVANCE NOTICE MAY RESULT IN DELAYS TO THE CONTRACTOR FOR REQUIRED INSPECTION. LEGAL DESCRIPTION; (AS SHOWM ON SURVEY BY CENTRE POINTE SURVEYING DATED 5/6/03) THAT PORTION OF 111E WEST HALF OF SECTION 24, TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, WASHINGONN. BENG MO WILLAMETTE PARTIICULARL DESCRIBED A COUNTY, COMMENCING AT THE INTERSECTION OF THE 2M-UNE O PRIMARY STATE HIGHWAY N0. 1, GREEN RIVER INTERCHANGE, ALL AS CONVEYED 0 OR CONDEMNED BY THE STATE O WASHINGTON BY DEEDS RECORDED UNDER KING COUNTY RECORDING NOS. 5499612. 5507291, 5510773, 5503778, 5536582. AND PROCEEDINGS UNDER KING COUNTY SUPERIOR COURT CAUSE N0. 596089, STA POC 2M) 134+28.56, WITH THE A - UNE, STA POT (A) 102 +8212, AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN MAP ON FILE WITH THE STALE OF WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION LABELED 5R 405 GREEN RIVER INTERCHANGE 'RIGHT OF WAY STA 99+00 0 STA 120+00, SHEET 2 OF OF 2 APPROVAL DATE O JANUARY 30 1962, WITH LAST REVISION DATE THENCNORTH 3 42'3 3 0'02' EAST ALONG THE 094158LNE O SAID A -UNE, 88.55 FEET TO STA 103+70.67 OF SAID A -LINE; THENCE NORTH 47'29'58' WEST, 60.00 FEET. TO A POINT ON 111E NORTHERLY TH BEGINNING O A 04855 ,CONC 0 THE SOUTH a PATH A RADIUS O 163.00 FEET, D ALSO BEING THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; WAY ON THE ARC OF SAID CURVE THOUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE I OF 64'48'29' A DISTANCE OF 184.37 FEET; THENCE LEAVING SAID RIGHT O WAY, AND BEARING NORTH 2114'11' EAST, 38.16 FEET; THENCE NORTH 6448'08' WEST, 5.90 FEET: THENCE NORTH 2_5959 ,.t .00. EEO; THENCE NORTH 22'01 EAST, 229.49 FEET TO A POINT ON THE ORDINARY HIGH WATER LINE .O THE GREEN (WHITE) RIVER. AS IT WAS MAPPED BY BARGHAUSEN CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. ON AUGUST 11, 1997; THENCE ALONG THE ORDINARY HIGH WATER UNE O SAID RIVER THE FOLLOWING COURSES AND DISTANCES: SOUTH 7000'00' WEST. 39.06 FEET; THENCE THENCE 501)18 671100 0060 ' NEST FEET; THENCE SOUTH 57'40'00' NEST 30.00 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 635000' WEST 35.00 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 56'30'00' WEST 100.00 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 5100'00' WEST, 50.00 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 35 {VEST 40.00 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 52'20'00 WE ST 50.00 FEET T TO THE NORTHEASTERLY RIGHT OF WAY FOR SAID 2M -UNE; 1145)4CE SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID RIGHT OF WAY UNE 0 ITS INTERSECTION THENCE NORTH NORTHERLY 23002" EAS D T, ALONG SAID NORTHEERLY RIGHT O WAY, 9.42 FEET TO 114E POINT OF BEGINNING. (BEING KNOWN A adjusted Parcel 1 of Boundary Line Adjustment No. L 0028,recorded under Recording No. 8906309017). SITUATE in the County of King. State of Washington. CONTRACTORS NOTE: THESE CONSTRUCTION PLANS ARE BASED ON AN EXISTING SURVEY INFORMATION PREPARED BY CENTRE POINTE SLIRVEANG 5RU INC ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBIUTY FOR ERROR DUE TO INCOMPLETE OR INACCURATE SURVEY INFORMATION. UTILITY PROVIDERS: SANITARY AND CTORM CEWEPC CITY O TUKWILA PUBUC WORKS DEPARTMENT 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WA 98188 (206) 433 -0179 WAIF$ CITY OF TUKWILA WATER DEPARTMENT 600 MINKLER BOULEVARD TUKWILA, WA (206) 433 -0179 GAS AND POWER PUGET SOUND ENERGY SOUTH KING COUNTY SERVICE CENTER 22828 88111 AVENUE SOUTH KENT, WA 98032 1 -800- 321 -4123 U LDA GROUP P.O. BOX 625001 UTRETON, CO 80162 1- 800 - 526 -3557 PROJECT: FAMILY FUN CENTER 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKVALA. WA 88188 . OWNER/DEVELOPER. FAMILY FN CENTERS C/0 COMFORT SUITES 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKVALA, WA. 98188 CONTACT: SCOTT HUISH 425 - 228 -7300 \/ERTIPAL DATUM: v r"14. VI'11 VM. (A SHOWN ON SURVEY BY 004185 POINTE SURVEYING DATED 5/6/03) FELT* (NGVD 1929) SITE ARE (A SHOWN ON SURVEY BY CENTRE POINTE SURVEYING DATED 5/6/03) SITE A SHOWN CONTAINS 111.610 SWAM FEET OR 2.562 ACRE5, MORE OR LESS. SHEET INDEX: C1 COVER SHEET C2 EROSION CONTROL PLAN C3 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS C4 GRADING & STORM PLAN C5 UTILITY PLAN C6 DETAILS RECEIVED JUN 2 9 1005 ° fir CALL 48 HOURS BEFORE YOU DIG 1- 800 -424 -5555 5 w j U w Z v L.L_ Z J -. 0 Q r4") LL_ N J Y aa.. y R„ri8 y JHH/KLT RGG ns an1 1' =20' 6/07/06 ,m 2003063.01 1 a 6 12-22-9 H DM 1I' 25 7 12" S IE 6.83 NE 12" ADS 16., SD CAT' BA 24 4 12 , IS I b. 21 ADS E 1 4" , t I 5.74 PolNer ease nt ,/under Rec. 2002011700055 CATCH BASIN RIM 27.57 12" ADS IE 17.89 E 12 ADS IE 18.13 MW \ tifi Building SEWER LIWOCrap 120"ID RIM 26.4 2x6" PVC IE18.71 . 8" PVC IE 11.47 E ) BOTTOM = 7.43 LO • ( T -Power transmission 7 line easement filed 19 under Rec. No.'s 6564888 6564889 ewer vault • ried) CAT TY RI 1 1 logs • 7 771: : 7777 6' 5 Concrete as %valve CONSTRUCTIOENTRANCE ... 51..TER FABRIC FENCE CB PROTEC Power transmission line easement filed under Rec.No. 5760092 N35°40'00"E 40.00' o 4. Power easement filed under Rec. No 9012200358 1 WWI\ 20030231*41:9-widwg. IBRO-C2. 088J7/2006 12:2247 PM, 1:1 Power handhole Light standard 2• 5 IE 1:476 ss ,f6e , % vv .,/ A'\. es.9 tik 2 ... Tpp,/connectio ru i .5'E . Light,- Fire cu \- -ste-ritiard .ae. Light 71 r 25. BB O ' \ Wa -\ N 9 Asphalt standard • e° Water valves ion sm'I tra tl pov easement No • s line nnC. AbB s der 6 564L, U - 55to'ku STORM MANHOLE 60" RIM 25.30 NW OVERFLOW 22.31 24" CMP IE 19.08 NW w/gate 24" DI IE 18.88 SE 12" CMP IE 19.04 N w/gate seper O vault STORM MANHOLE RIM being raised 18" ADS IE 19.25 N 24" PVC IE 19.16 NW 18" ADS IE 21.23 SE 12" AOS IE 20.53 W OVERFLOW 23.72 W Flow line of curb & gutter 279 '81 Light /standard Asphalt 1 GRAPHIC SCALE VO (20 PT) 1 inch 20 rt. Water valve 9 / STORM DRAINAGE MANHOLE RIM 32.99 16" UNKNOWN IE 19.71 NE 16" UNKNOWN IE 15.51 NW standard/ ss o Power e ss underground I I . z‘ • 1 • • ? c ' c o r 6 '0 30 0 3 RECEIVED s- 98116 Power hand hole \ 0• BEFORE YOU DIC \ L1ah p25555 .... by caa ,,,, JHH/KLT RGG scale dot* 1 .= 20' 6/07/06 0.- 2003063.01 2 . 6 31.41 .1- PROTECT AU. 1P0S1INGQ131-111ES ON AND AOJAn Silr c NITS OF CONSTRUCTION Light standr0 so GENERALNaTES; L012 ss 4. , c ( 3, 0 e & capped riser STORM MANHOLE RIM 24.62 (BURIED) 18" ADS IE 20.12 NW 18 ADS IE 20.12 NE 18" ADS IE 20.09 SE 18" ADS IE 20.12 SW 6" PVC IE 20.19 S Light standard -x 0 LOT 3 50 Flow line of vertical curb and gutter vault/ former pad er PONSTRUCTION SFOl1ENCE 1. CONTACT CITY OF TUKN7LA TO SCHEDULE A PRECONSIRUCTION MEETING PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION. 2. INSTALL CB PROTECTION PER STANDARD DETAIL ON ALL EXISTING CATCH BASINS PRIOR ANY CONSTRUCTION. INSTALL SOCK FILTERS IN ALL EXISTING CATCH BASINS. 3. BEGIN INSTAWNG NEW SANITARY SEWER MAIN. 4. INSTALL NEW STORM SYSTEM. 5. PLACE CB PROTECTION ON ALL NEW CATCH RASINS 6. INSTALL NEW WATER CONNECTIONS. 7. BEGIN PARKING LOT RECONSTRUCTION. 8. CONSTRUCT NT" ORBS AND SIDEWALKS. 9. FINAL GRADE AND PAVE 10. CLEAN EXISTING STORM SYSTEM. 11. CLEAN AND RE -SEED BIOSWALE 12. FINAL INSPECTION. ALTER FABRIC MATERIAL Z' BY 2' BY 14 GA. WIRE FABRIC OR EQUIVALENT. FILTER FABRIC MATERIAL 60' WIDE ROLLS. USE STAPLES OR WIRE RINGS TO ATTACH FABRIC TO WIRE. 1 LB B URY BOTTOM OF FILTER MATERIAL I IN r BY 12' TRENCH U%NE120030831E40IDyr9Arq, E'RODTLC9, 06107120061217:49 PM, 1:1 2' BY 2' BY 14 GA. WIRE FABRIC OR EQUIVALENT. I LL II II II u / BY 4' WOW POSTS, STANDARD OR BETTER OR EOUAL ALTERNATE:: STEEL POSTS N OTES o. b. 5. e. f. 9. h. THE FILTER FABRIC SHALL BE PURCHASED IN A CONTINUOUS ROLL CUT TO THE LENGTH OF THE BARRIER TO AVOID USE OF JOINT'S. WHEN JOINTS ARE NECESSARY, FILTER CLOTH SHALL BE SPUCED TOGETHER ONLY AT A SUPPORT POST, WITH A MINIMUM 6 -INCH OVERLAP. AND BOTH ENDS SE- CURELY FASTENED TO THE POST. THE FILTER FABRIC FENCE SHALL BE INSTALLED TO FOLLOW THE CONTOURS (WHERE FEASIBLE). THE FENCE POSTS SHALL BE SPACED A MAXIMUM OF 6 FEET APART AND DRIVEN SECURELY INTO THE GROUND (MINIMUM OF 30 INCHES.) A 1R940H SHALL BE EXCAVATED, ROUGHLY 8 INCHES WIDE AND 12 INCHES DEEP, UPSLOPE AND ADJACENT TO THE WOOD POST TO ALLOW THE FILTER FABRIC TO BE BURIED. WHEN STANDARD STRENGTH FILTER FABRIC IS USED, A WIRE MESH SUPPORT FENCE SHALL BE FASTENED SECURELY TO THE UPSLOPE SIDE OF 114E POSTS USING HEAVE -DUTY WIRE STAPLES AT LEAST 1 INCH LONG. TE WIRES OR HOG RINGS THE MARE SHALL EXTEND INTO THE TRENCH A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES AND SHALL NOT EXTEND MORE THAN 36 INCHES ABOVE THE ORIGI- NAL GROUND SURFACE. THE STANDARD STRENGTH FILTER FABRIC SHALL BE STAPLED OR WIRED TO THE FENCE AND 20 INCHES OF THE FABRIC SHALL BE EXTENDED INTO 114E TRENCH. THE FABRIC SHALL NOT EXTEND MORE THAN 36 INCHES ABOVE THE ORIGINAL GROUND SURFACE. FILTER FABRIC SHALL NOT BE STAPLED TO EXISTING 1RFES WHEN EXTRA - STRENGTH FILTER FABRIC AND CLOSER POST SPAONG SIRE USED, THE WIRE MESH SUPPORT FENCE MAY BE ELIMINATED. IN SUCH A CASE. THE FILTER FABRIC IS STAPLED OR WIRED DIRECTLY TO 114E POSTS WITH ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF STANDARD NOTE e. APPLYING. THE TRENCH SHALL BE BACKFILLED WITH 3/4 -INCH MINIMUM DIAMETER WASHED GRAVEL FILTER FABRIC FENCES SHALL BE REMOVED WHEN THEY HAVE SERVED THEIR USEFUL PURPOSE, BUT NOT BEFORE THE UPSLOPE AREA HAS BEEN PERMA- NENTLY STABILIZED. P •25' MN 12' MIN 4' - r QUARRY SPALLS PROVIDE FULL WIDTH OF INGRESS/EGRESS AREA DIMENSION AS REQUIRED: 100' MIN. EXCEPT MAY BE r REDUCED TO 50' MIN FOR SITES VAIN LESS THAN ONE ACRE OF EXPOSED SOIL. STABIUZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE CATCH BASIN SEDIMENT BARRIER EROSION /SEDIMENTA11ON CONTROL NOTES: 1. APPROVAL OF THIS EROSION /SEDIMENTATION CONTROL (ESC) PLAN DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN APPROVAL OF PERMANENT ROAD OR DRAIN- AGE DESIGN (EG. SIIF AND LOCATION OF ROADS, PIPES, RESTRIC- TORS, CHANNELS, RETENTION FACTURES, U11UTIES, ETC.). 2. THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THESE ESC PLANS AND THE CONSTRUCTION. MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT, AND IIPl AnING OF THESE ESC_ FACILI- TIES 15 THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE APPUCANT %CONTRACTOR UNTIL ALL CONSTRUCTION IS APPROVED. 3. THE BOUNDARIES OF THE CLEARING OMITS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN SHALL BE CLEARLY FLAGGED IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 140 DISTURBANCE BEYOND THE FLAGGED CLEARING LIMITS SHALL BE PERMITTED. THE FLAGGING SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE APPUCANT /CONTRACTOR FOR THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION. 4. T145 ESC FACTURES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN MUST BE CONSTRUCTED IN CONJUNCTION W1TH ALL CLEARING AND GRADING ACTIVITIES, AND IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO INSURE THAT SEDIMENT LADEN WATER DOES NOT ENTER THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM OR VIOLATE APPUCABLE WATER STANDARDS. (KCC 9.04.020 AA, KCRS 7.09 D). 5. THE ESC FACILITIES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE THE MINIMUM RE-.. QUIREMENTS FOR ANTICIPATED SITE CONDITIONS. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, THESE ESC FACIL111ES SHALL BE UPGRADED (EG. ADDITIONAL SUMPS, RELOCATION OF DITCHES AND SILT FENCES. ETC.) AS NEEDED FOR UNEXPECTED STORM EVENTS (KCC 9.04.090 B2). 6. 111E ESC FACUTIES SHALL BE INSPECTED DAILY BY THE APPUC- ANT /CONTRACTOR AND MAINTAINED AS NECESSARY TO INSURE THEIR CONTINUED FUNCTIONING (KCC 9.04.090 B2). 7. ANY AREA STRIPPED OF VEGETATION, INCLUDING ROADWAY EMBANK- MENTS, WHERE 140 FURTHER WORK 1S ANTICIPATED FOR A PERIOD OF 15 DAYS. SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY STABILIZED WITH THE APPROVED ESC METHODS (EG SEEDING, MULCHING, NETTING, ER0901 BLAN- KETS, ETC.) (KCRS 7.09D). & ANY AREA NEEDING ESC MEASURE NOT REQUIRING IMMEDIATE ATTENTION, SHALL BE ADDRESSED WITHIN FIFTEEN (15) DAYS. 9. THE ESC FACILITIES ON INACTIVE SITES SHALL BE INSPECTED AND MAINTAINED A MINIMUM OF ONCE A MONTH OR WITHIN THE 48 HOURS FOLLOWING A STORM EVENT. 10. AT NO 111.42 SHALL MORE THAN ONE FOOT OF SEDIMENT BE. ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE WITHIN A CATCH BASIN. ALL CATCH BASINS AND CONVEYANCE UNES SHALL BE CLEANED PRIOR TO PAVING THE CLEANING OPERATION SHALL NOT FLUSH SEDIMENT LADEN WATER INTO THE DOWNSTREAM SYSTEM. 11. STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES AND WASH PADS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTAINED FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. ADDITIONAL MEASURES MAY BE REQUIRED TO INSURE THAT ALL PAVED AREAS ARE KEPT CLEAN FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. (RCW 46.61.655). 12. DURING THE TIME PERIOD OF NOVEMBER 1 THROUGH MARCH 31. ALL PROJECT DISTURBED AREAS GREATER THAN 5.000 SQUARE FEET THAT ARE TO BE LEFT UNWORKED FOR MORE THAN 12 HOURS SHALL BE COVERED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING COVER MEASURES: MULCH, SODDING, OR PLASTIC COVERING. 13. ANY PERMANENT RETENTON/DETENTON FACUTY USED AS A TEMPORARY SETTLING BASIN SHALL BE MODIFIED WITH THE NECESSARY EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AND SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE STORAGE CAPACITY. IF 111E PERMANENT FACIUTY IS TO FUNCTION ULTIMATELY AS AN INFILTRATION OR DISPERSION SYSTEM, THE FACIUTY SHALL NOT BE USED AS A TEMPORARY SETTLING BASIN. NO UNDERGROUND' DETENTION TANKS OR VAULTS SHALL BE USED AS A 18APORARY SETTUNG BASIN. 14. WHERE SEEDING FOR TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL 15 REQUIRED. FAST GERMINATING GRASSES SHALL BE APPUED AT AN APPROPRIATE RATE (E.G. ANNUAL OR PERENNIAL RYE APPUED AT APPROXIMATELY 80 POUNDS PER ACRE). 15. WHERE STRAW MULCH FOR TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL IS REQUIRED, IT SHALL BE APPUED AT A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF TWO INCHES. PROVIDE 3/4' - 1.5' WASHED GRAVEL BACTff1LL IN TRENCH AND ON BOTH SIDES OF FILTER FABRIC ON THE SURFACE. 2' BY 4' WOOD POSTS, STANDARD OR BETTER OR EQUAL ALTERNATE STEEL POSTS. 1. FILTER FABRIC FENCES SHALL BE INSPECTED IMMEDIATELY AFTER EACH RAINFALL AND AT LEAST DAILY DURING PROLONGED RAILFALL 474Y RE- OUIRED REPAIRS SHALL BE MADE IMMEDIATELY. FILTER FABRIC FENCE DETAIL 'JUN 2 9 2006 blli CALL 48 HOURS BEFORE YOU DIG 1-800-42 Mown tor JHH /KLT 1' =20' R GG 6/07/06 2003063.01 .- 3 M 6 RECEIVED w N s "5 (� > m Z 1 H i �z U L] t-g � La La co *4 W Z 5 o 5 tz W � n J inn = g n V) o o CO 8 w Z U Ili L fl EFL 0'9Z U co 0 r') 0 0 • ' o . � - .W KEYSTONE WALL !EE TYPICAL DETAIL SKEET m OF . C4 L._ 20 DATU ELEV 0+00 ti 0 0 WALL CROSS- SECTION o p • O SCALE: H- 1 - ■20' V -1' - 5' 40.00 0+50 ORDC4. mom= 1zuts2 PIA, 1:1 on led �e y CATCH BASIN m TYPE I RIM 27.57 Rm -26.70 12" ADS IE 17. sT TD 12" ADS IE 18.13 NW GKAuk fi+ew Building SEWER LIPT7®CIN N 120 "ID RIM 26.L M' 2' -2.5' HIGH 2x6" PVCFF ALL MP) 8" PVC IE' W Fr: 7 5 BOTTOM = 7.43 I e' 6�'40 20 a0 ;o��. a <� . 53.0 4 ' a e -- 28:, �... ----. Toe �3 ;D'.�Yclone 0 enc erating vault STORM MANHOLE RIM being rais �- ! ,2 14AER. IE 19. mw=l1RMHOSS IE 21. IE 20. 23.72 FAQ wER11¢Aq MELD a, 2) B2 7 .97 Asphalt Power handhole Light 13.3- - ;YAP, 24" OUTLET IE 14.08 2p ° D ®Water ° \ \ valve Light B standard REMOVE END OF ,IPE AND ADD RIP EV1i0N2 Light st dard \ ght nd.r 'Ole 0 `1 pee 1 DESCRIPTION PAVED AREA CONCRETE BUILDING RETAINING WALL ROCKERY SAWCul UNE / DITCH / SWALE CONTOUR SPOT GRADE .2 Water valves iOn .�, �� an5mt { ile po 22.31 W i Basem 0 s ++ r R.e 6' E564889 g88 STORM MANHOLE 60" RIM 25.30 W OVERFLOW CMP IE 19.08 DI IE 18.88 SE LEGEND: RIDGE UNE TOP /BIM. OF BANK STORM DRAIN PIPING SAN. SEWER PIPING WATERMAIN WATER VALVE WATER METER HYDRANT SDMH CB SSMH CLEAN OUT " CMP IE 19.04 t R.LC.O. FDCO S.S.c.O. IE DS R.L CTR /CTR or C/C Light standa asp Prat 6 Light a standard PROPOSED 0 RAIN LEADER CLEAN OUT FOOTING DRAIN CLEANOUT SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT INVERT ELEV. ROOF DOWNSPOUT RAIN LEADER PIPE CENTER TO CENTER 0 HIM 24. tf2 (t1UH1tU) 18" ADS IE 20.12 NW 18" ADS IE 20.12 NE 18" ADS IE 20.09 SE 18" ADS IE 20.12 SW 6" PVC IE 20.19 S LOT 3 er 3+' TOP /TCC- - flow line of s vertical curb and gutter vault/ former pad RECEIVED 'JUN 29 1006 1 OC W E- Z L.1 U GRAPHIC SCALE W (m PI r bah WIT It NOTE: THE CIVIL SITE PLAN IS NOT A HORIZONTAL CONTROL PLAN. ALL SITE LAYOUT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN. tandard Water valve N. STORM DRAINAGE MANHOLE IM 32.99 16" UNKNOWN IE 19.71 NE Light �---- standard/ 3a underground power 3 et COmmuAlTyy CALL 48 HOURS BEFORE YOU DIG 1 -800- 424 -5555 JHH/KLT 11 =20' RGG dab 6/07/06 2003063.01 r.w 4 a 6 7300 FUN CENTER WAY GRADING & STORM PLAN FAMILY FUN l(7 0 4 17 SD (NEW) 17 SD (EAST) 17 SO 7 WATER 17 SD 7 WATER 17 SD 9" WATER 17 SD S' WATER 8' WATER GAS 2235 17.28 17.38 24.20 2229 24.03 2228 23,85 2229 23.98 23.30 24.80 2335 18.28. 18.38 24.37 24.21 2126 24M . 23.29. 24.55 2397 24.97 684' 074' 0.59 0.83' 7 COVER 7 COVER 25' COVER 2,75'COVER 7 COVER . 7 COVER 17 so GAS 8 17 SD GAS 9 17 SD 8' SD 21.9 WPM DA 12 -22-98 D f c 2 6. 3 A TER OONN G EC�R 6 FOE UNE ON 6 FIRE CONNECitON CATC RPM6' ° (M DDi 2 _ � •' CO� ' • 6 OUT IE. -2275 3 N1 -2t6.S New Building SEWER 7ONI 1 ss�TE =E�27.wDUr 79± 2x6" PVC W 8" PVC I 7 7 , BOTTOM = 7.43 . 4• VENT PIPE TO BE INST COORDINATE %MN BUILDING MECHANICAL FOR ROUTING NSW BUILDING WALL MID VENTING 1NROUGN ROOF. IE -17.51 AREA DRAIN TE -28.00 IE ■25.41 sewer ve vau (bur tit STORM OUT BURI 32. 232. 25.14 25.31 2325 24.92 2225 24 75 2225 23.25 1.8r 7COVER 7 COVER 24.82 • 2632 1.5r ,APPROX 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 17 6D(NEW) 17 SD (EAST) 17 SD 8 WATER 17 SD GAS 8' WATER 12' SD 17 SO 5 WATER 17 SD GAS 9• SS 17 SD 4 WATER 9' 5S 21.78 24,12 2273 0.89' 7 COVER 18.16 1826 23 71 18,36- 2362 21.73 21.63 2327 21.60 23.92 12.58 21 78 22.76 24.38 4.45' 7 COVER 19.18 267 19.28 19.36 25:43 5.90' 7COVER• 2263 23.94 1125 2278 0.64' 2 COVER 1.37 7COVER 2280 24.09 651' 4' WATER 24 38 24.89 6' SS 21 88 21.38 T 3.33' 17 SD 17 54 18.54 6 SS 20 18 1 20.88 1.64' 6" SS 19 32 19.62 I 17 SD 1 1767 1667 1 0.65 24 35 24:69 i 19.14 19.64 4.72' . UILL6, 08/07/2006121•54 PM. 1:1 Power handhole 6 n,2 13.3 24" OUTLET IE 14.08 2p 12 32 ' >a 32. ter52 83.1 0 ck• 5 a cO rC1 �' s +s ®Water vaiv Asphalt ight 24 79 standard 2 Water valves 2 5 26 2 63 26 . Fl 25 -08 225" CONC. e 0 ' ex L LEGEND: 52 e 5 O° n�5 STORM MANHOLE 60" RIM 25.30 NW OVERFLOW 22.31 24" CMP IE 19.08 N 24" DI IE 18.88 SE 12" CMP IE 19.04 N Oil seperating 01134.P STORM MANHOLE TE V A L V E (FLXMJ) R I M being raise V 18" ADS IE 19.2 ndard 24" PVC IE 19.1 18" ADS IE 21.2 12" ADS IE 20.E V.ERFLOW 23.72 .. ine s, o curb 6 e s gutter 2 >, e . ,. 8 2. 27 . 9710 Asphalt DESCRIPT)ON PROPOSED PAVED AREA CONCRETE BUILDING RETAINING WALL ROCKERY SAWCUT UNE DITCH/SWALE CONTOUR SPOT GRADE RIDGE LINE TOP/BTM. OF BANK STORM DRAIN PIPING SAN SEWER PIPING WATERMAIN WATER VALVE WATER METER HYDRANT SIAM CB SSMH CLEAN OUT R.LC.O. FOCO S.S.c.D. DS RA. C1R /CTR or C/C Light standard han 0'2 cap '3+ EIDSDtl.& 400 - - TOP/TOE- - 5 • O • • RAIN LEADER CLEAN OUT FOOTING DRAIN CLEANOUT SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUT INVERT ELEV. ROOF DOWNSPOUT RAIN LEADER PIPE CENTER TO CENTER o i unlit m. RIM 24.82 (BURIED) 18" ADS IE 20.12 NW 18" ADS IE 20.12 NE Light 18" ADS IE 20.09 SE standra 18" ADS IE 20.12 SW 26 . 6" PVC IE 20.19 S p5P #low line of ' ° vertical curb and gutter vault/ former pad er r;z RECEIVED U . 6 GRAPHIC SCALE ID 70 ( L9 1587 ) 1 inch 20 R L 32 2 2 , 6° standard Water 5 ° valve • 3 STORM DRAINAGE RIM 32.99 4R" 111,11/nlnwkl TC Light 1 standard/ 32' underground power MANHOLE 40 74 MC 31. ` , J P I O 1° °y P e o Jo 59 20 1 6 et, IY 0 / e 30 O e,2F x. D l,. 3 5 Pow hand hole et N 29 2006 °EVE, CALL 48 HOURS BEFORE YOU DIG 1- 800 - 424 -5555 JH H/KLT ▪ 1%.20' m.e•4 nl RGG 6/07/06 2003063.01 ••.a 5 6 - • g1n1/. 11=R'410•00 - 1 ", 914 ( A - x e i- (7454 • ' pY3xAAY9369 '9�33AA9aF L• • .Me • 1M 0-12 SS I =3A 319 .333 VA 93 ■ 11 ip SI i SA : •WOE. Lamo w• u• cm . I: peaxi AYaaglj 133333331 Isel 3 a9 7 ie - 1 ", 914 ( A - x e i- (7454 33333sasycb ' pY3xAAY9369 '9�33AA9aF __3371 D D D 17 D i J - = 11= 11= II= 11' -' = 11= 11= .,11- 11- 11= 11= 11 ="=11 x11 -,. 1!_ .._ 11- II -H -n.. n.n -n - a a - n n II �4 /� , =: 1 _11= n =n =u =u- �s 30% Coverage with Drainage Composite or Aggregate Drain System Unit Drainage Fill (3/4 Crushed Rock or Stone) Approximate Limits of Excavation 4" Perforated PVC Drainage Tae (if Required) U1M612003063%O .xe•99dAlp, D71.08. 06/07/2006 122023 P6A, 1:1 8' Min. Low Permeable Soil (Foundation Sot) GUARDRAIL Typical Reinforced -Cut Wall Section Compac Unit - Near Vertical Setback Keystone Cep Unit Unreinforced Concrete or Crushed Stone Leveling Pad 2J4" A.C. PAVEMENT CL "B" OVER: 2' OF %" CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE TO 95% MAX DRY DENSITY PER AVM: D 1557 / 4 OF 1) CRUSHED - SURFACING BASE COURSE TO 95% MAX DRY DENSITY PER ASTM : D 1557 OVER: MIN. 12• COMPACTED STRUCTURAL FILL SUBGRADE TO 95% MAX DRY DENSITY PER ASTM:D 1557 SOL TYP. PAVEMENT SECTION or NOT TO SCALE dQ� REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL REPORT # KE00689G DATED NOV. 15, 2000 BY ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES. INC. SECTION 15.0 FOR ALL PAVEMENT SECTION RECOMMENDATIONS AND PROCEDURES. SOLI r. r• M.. 1a 411111 a OCT MMOOLO • • • STABEIZATION FABRIC AMOCO 2002 OR EOUILAVENT .x01.001! 10 K Mr0@COITa O00S O eMMR1014 TWpI(/][Tn. 11CONIIIf 0 ID f011R 0*110 N-40 .. . 011 5000 1M011Cd imams L411 COMMA TO &US.00'100100 C !11-51: • 0141 MC COMOMM TM M0 OWN 14 • TOLL CCM 64000. 0si4011 0 4r- MEMO Io 00 MO• 110 CO M0 OaA 110 D OLL MC . 0 506, 4 100113 NM MCCU, MOD D 101.410E MUM x1011 M 0 •RIO 1 CL MEMO. 0641.0. 1a•06eOZ r TO 042. OaM *014 1 1101 0 Op '00 CM MI •M 02400 0 TIMM n0 001 0➢1 MOLL MK OQw. • SOOY[ .. 110 • 444Ta • .. MCC, 4000E coact M. MOM - tt roux, Mma 4451ax / 174 ti City of Tukwila : FIRE .HYDRANT ASSEMBLY . • & SETTING DEYAH DATE: 11/22/96 • 4 l00*0 DWI. C 0 401150 41 1//? 41LL mac 0000 0500 MR r 20045. town 00064!6 MM. MO DIM COMOM0 M. 00 41 l/001 50* 1 5110014 0IC ornate MT. motor owl Mat 0100[ M a 1 T COMM O M . 1! 0 0 • MOOT 0200M21.10112. . L woo to am • WM E M6L1ML no raIm 0501 t wawa p 1200901 TO LMT cone- OC • • atm To wwMEnT 100 L MIMITMOLIMIDD 15 610 m 291o1r •110 00 COMmMrs 150 002000 00001 CON 14.34 MM fm 01 MMS. • • • COMM et1121214 MCC= O'SSOC COOED 40* a • ®MI O M MOD MOM! 11 074110 10100 41. =DI MODS 0101 a IMMO Tam OCEOD ]1 .. . 000 a® MOT CCM - 0,0.2 r MM. Me w 100..50 OM • • • 1. L..Y,. uaa_.YU T. r. • • z r.. male. w - M e 0s. r madam z• rre•g ti.r•� r as +M V: .�: COM ♦soe ea r mina Mem ••Mw MN w s i' i i•. - emet M' me o1.1ar r,r IMO MM. mem •OME,M. MM r rem.• a r a mentim mom 'L 11.1 era V 1164me Y .e u 1 50,50/ . aMem timbre •MMM r m 50.2.0 .rr 7.40 MsDy r sere Yeah m OM Mery Mee. Mat r'O. 1.110.11.•0 L.nV a MYocrre MmCC . L.GV01 40* olaMe b•. ess..e16111, 7100. • 11 104. MM 10 1/1 CONCRETE BLOCKING • '(PASS 1 OP 2) M. r • DATE: 11/22/96 w5 -1 ■ 1 Ier.•/11 *I - I • ELEVATION END VIEW NOTE: CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR KEYSTONE WALL RECEIVED 'JUN 2 9 2006 co o6VELOPM NT CALL 48 HOURS BEFORE YOU DIG 1- 800 - 424 -5555 JHH/KLT waft 1 " =20' 0e.e by RGG 6/07/06 m .0 2003063.01 I.. 6 r 6 NOTE 1• 10 MrslA00. 1.12.4 r lam <TR • 0-122 GENERAL NOTES: ' WO= <1MMCC WOULD 4404TnM CIO ■1131/1.010aCm Mee CM OS 000 10 LIDO . 0/00057400 n 0502110. 10* 0 1010V000 rmtct r -o cc . - M 60050 MI M L]11. 6406701 TO MOTU- Ina - m a SWUM n 11 16TH41 40 KM Ve 011100 041x.1110 0700 O 150 4-02 • COM *001145 050 !i1• VIM 12.' MIM0 RATE .. stm r0 r 40110. VITO DOZE IC 0101 40x4 04[00 0 0m2CCID414100 COMM Ixa-OL'10. • • D AT10 Ma 01 4050412 AMU OLT. • 0d =OM CM Cr COT 17050001. .... ' . . City : of Tukwila 1 -1/2" & 2• ME'PEB MITES DATE 11/25/96 >r • 1M1i+ COM612.120200 MOO cm 201 Ra ocIMM.00 OM TO comm. tos x0•00 oma M¢µ wmm MC MM•M• • '°wa'd ,o .o• w. a +n•. City of Tukwila, _CONCRETE BLACKING (PAGE 2 OF DATE: 1 w5 -2 at a' MM! PUN Oro NM L!111 UM MO a 1120. 00110 MINIX 1000 MOM COT COMUM GUARD POST . . ELEVATION =21,10,E, 1 re lmu Mel lF NO on w1 t11w IMO Dell E®.4Q rota 1�/q2 OM MOM MOM DM 11M401 O 0141 OC u. MM a x1211041110 -PURE HYDRANT GUARD POST -`r DATE: 11/2/96 WS-5 1 -J H l- z LiJ U -4 FAM LAYERSTATE: 0 WASHINGT illommmmumm ILIIIIIIMMEMUMMMMMUMI _\ ■ ■ \ ■ \ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■l1 ■ ■ \ ■ \ ■ /■ ■I ■ ■ \�/ ■!1 ►1111■■■■■: / ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ \ ■■ ■■51611 . %�G ■ ■ ■H ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ 1111 ■ \ ■ ►.? ■I i\nk \ ■ ■■ i 1 ■I• \■► ■ ■■■ ■■■■■ ■l1■■\■\ /■fi■' ifil 1111■■■■■■ \ ■1■■11; - Ammm5somm pa /■M■■■■■■■ ■1 •' •I ■1'i■\ e■■■■■■■■■■■■.:.:..■■E■L I ■■ "■■►■ ■■■■■1 :: ■■■■■■■■■■■■lima■■■■■► 1■■M■■■■■■■■■■ OMMSU ■. 'M %■■►.E■■■■■■ ■G■■P %\W °;.,\■i■■:■■■ ■ ■ ■■■I.�■■ \ ■1 1111 ■ ■I ■ ■ ■ ■ ■h�� ■ ■�L \ ■ \, Amin:, 1 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ ■Mli / %rla�l ■1!■■ ■ ■ ■ \_ l■ /. ■ ■ ■e� ■ ■ ■■L�iiim /%■\■►_ /■ ■. Q'• / ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ ■■■■REPAY %'t,.'A�I/ ■�l■Ii ■■ ■■I ■ Ira�I■ ■ ■■■■MEMIMO:■■ ■■■..__ .i■■M■� . : _ r M■■■■■ ■ ■ ■■■■■■■►�i ■■■■n■u■��■r �i■ 11■■■■■■ MM■■■■■■■■■■■■■►.■ M■■► ■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■ ■►�■ ■.�i ■■ ■■■■r�■n ■r ■ ■■■■ �■■magniv .:-.:.m■■■■■ ■■ ■■■►. .■■■■■■■■■c��I■I■■I► -1■w■■i■■■r 1■■■■■■■� MMUM OWNS �■■► ■■■■■. � mommommoswisminkampsommilmom �■ ■■■■■■■P- O ■ ■■■■• ,77R1111111 I■\i■■ %-m>,■■■■ ■ ■ ■ \ ■ \ ■%L:7■■■■■■■■► ' M■►\■■A■■■■ ■■ ■1111► r I ' `■ ■-■■■►.■■■ ■ ■\ ■■ \■ \ \■11 ■ ■�J ■ ■ ■■ ■ ■\ \■\M■■i■■■■■■■ ■C •�■\PM■■►■■■■■■ ■► `w11i ■111■ ■• ■■■1111\ 7\/■■ ■G■■■■■■■► '■\ ■■rd ■■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■► ': �� \■► ■■■I�' /\ ■ ■■■�.d ■■i Imcw.iP3■ ■■■■ ■aii■ ■mek . ,.. war l■■■■■■■■.r,■iri■ :, I■■V .g. • \■■ ■■■■N■■■r� ■III •1 .i■iu■1. \ ■■ ■■■■M1\I / ■11 ■r1� i■�:�■\�n\ 1■■■■ ■ ■\II!■ ■II■■\ i % ■► ■ \11■\ ■10111M■■■ ■■■■ ■ ■■ II, : ■ ■ ■ \ ■ ■►� ■■ \ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■■■ ■r .L.■/''\ ■1111•\\ ■ ••••••••■ •1111■■ ■■ •1111■ AB,' 7■\\■■■ ■■■ ■■■ ■■■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■► lam . /.... \■■■■■■ ■ ■■■■ ■ ■ ■■ •1111■■■ •1111•1 ■ ►'J /_ \ ■■■■ ■ ■■■■ ■ ■ ■/ii \ ■■■■■■ •■■u 42 '6 , r4~6 eh LANDSCARE AREA CALC. SCALE 1'=20' Asphalt Asphalt LANDSCAPE LEGEND • ■■g PE METER LANDSCAPE w1E0DR LANDSCAPE PERIMETER 11AMS1JIPE 01TRIO R HIRDSCAPE LANDSCAPE CALCULATIONS INTERIOR LANDSCAPE REQUIRED; N STALLS. ,58F. PER STAU• 1AImS1PEPR nm PERDIETEI IANDSGPE • PI3mETEi HARDBCAPE • 6REiIDR LANDSCAPE • FOUGTION LANDSCAPE • INTERIOR HARDSCAPE • BUILD2DAREA• TOTAL SITE AREA• 1,245 BF. 5 &F. BABB . 1.717 sF. 20 B.F. RAI BE. BAC B.F. 111a18SF. RECEIVED 'JUN 2 9 2006 0 IELD F 7 Family Fun Center Retail Building DATE 421 A8 A 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA 1110 112TH AVE. NE 1 SURE 600 BEL EVUE, WA 1 860d 14254633000 1 142548i2D02 PERMIT SET 4.21.06 I Any Quinn L L ArdBscl 03M1.02. PM: Wytn Ttgnp•m OR JAG btdl DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR PERMIT LANDSCAPE AREA CALCULATIONS A1.01 b r SON MARKED VP INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESS TV. AT FA H.C. STALL (SEE T ETA2111A,L2I WIDE PAINTED STRIFE (WINE) SIDfiYMR• SEE SIE RAN 1 11= 1 1=1 11=1 I -ll-k - II_I,� IIHII= III�II�= 111 II=JI1= i-1 { Ih. I I { -III I I O PRECAST WHEEL STOP 1 SCALE 1 -12' O CONC. APRON @ PAVING 6 SCALE 1 -1Ar ELOPE STANDARD PAWED SIGN OF MERNATONAL SYMBOL OF/LOESS BEE OETAL NATO NOTE CONTRACTDRTO COINOTN WINE OCT ANN -AITM 2005 CODE FOR ALL ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE BU DNGSAND FAMES R iTS 1 VAN IB L :APB ° • ,w °•�.°�',�_� 6e I -I I i� 11 =1 11-1 I I-1 I I 71 I-I I H I I-I 1 IE I' I-{ 11-1 I H I I-1 11 14 Pd •O O 0 DISABLED PARKING STALLS DISABLED 1/8'0%0' PO LONG PRECAST CONCRETE ATTACH IdOK DIA S/ GM.V.SIEB. DOORS B/40.C. ..VINE ON BABE COURSE PER CVL 2 O EDGE OF SIDEWALK SCALE: 1 -12' = 10' NOTE: VERIFY WITH CIVIL DRAWINGS. O ADA CURB RAMP DETAIL 7 SCALE: 12' =1'-O NOTES 1. PROVIDE 6GN AT EACH ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL STAINLESS STEEL FASTENERS METAL SIGN GRADE OR MOOR WHITE LETTERS S SYMBOL ON BLUE BAOTGRLMB ) ADDm011AL SIGN AT VAN ACCESSIBLE PAWING SPACES ONLY POST (FOR FREE STANDING LOCATGNB ONLY) 11 O ADA PARKING SIGNAGE - ELEVATION SCALE 1/2' =1'-0' AMMO' PAVING ON BASE CC RSE PER OTOTECH THICKEN AT EDGE: SEE GIN. OA DLLGS.001C. sd e4 NOTES -' own 1. PROVIDE OE. JOINTS AT 7S GL AND A THE 8T MO F I N I S H C F C RVED SECTIONS 2 PANT CURBS WHEREI TED ON SITE RAN 2. VERIFY CURB DEPTH AND SBORADE PREPARATION WI CIVL EGIEE R DRAMNgS O 3 CAST -IN -PLACE CONC. CURB SCALE 1 -172' = 1'.0' EXPANSION JOINT SECTOONI NOTE UNLESS ESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON SITE RAN. 12d 0.0 B THE NA7IIW CE ODLE CORNERS. TYP. FLAMING PER LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS IL BARS N S CA LCCPBAT2A'CC. M REBARCONT tAYR IETAITROPIaJOM RAL DEPTH CUT O CONIROLJDIR. OR CURB O CONTROL JOINT SIDEWALK CONTROL JOINT DETAILS SCALE: NTS TRASH ENCLOSURE SECTION TDPOFWALL A TOP OFWALL SS AFF. SCALE 1/4' = 1'.0' O TRASH ENCLOSURE PLAN 5 SCALE 114' =,'-0' WEST w11111111111111111SIMM®r1111l11BEMISIIIII®®a 1. ALL CN B PANTED EAST 2. OIL STEEL 6dLLVA1 ®MA PANTED 1. ALL OEM. WTBIAL WEB TO BE DESIGNED AO SPA BY MATERIAL BARER AND MOWN ON SOP BRAVO= FOR REYEW. 4. All HARDWARE TO BE DESIGNED SPEWED MOSICON ON SHOP DRAWINGS FGR REVIEW. BY MATERIAL RIRHL S SEE STRUCT. DRAWNOS FCR RATHER TRASH MU:SIEBEC VATICN TRASH ENCLOSURE ELEVATIONS SCALE: 1/4' = of STML PARKING SIGNAGE @ PARKING SCALE 1' = 1 %0' 7817E BLUE RED BACKGROIO norm PAINT BORDER r WOE PAM SWIPE TRAP CUNEWHITE NOTE PROVIDE AT EACI HIMCCPP PMIID STALL RECEIVED JUN 2 9 2006 oALUME DEVELOPMENT Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWJLA, WA 1 I . J C c �Lr 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA _ISLULLV A N N Y LG2 IIIO IIZTH AVE_ NE 1 SURE SOO BE LLEVUE. WA 1 BBODA 1425A83. O 1 t 4254E32002 N I PERMIT SET 4.21.06 I Jerry Quinn Lem. Mcleod h114t TE OF WASHINGTON Wee* allessee. sessasellse epee. seer -ea r.,cra.e.. DATE 421.08 DESCRIPRON ISSUED FOR PERMIT OS•12&FG2 P►t Wayne Thom= DRAWIt JAG &1-03 SITE DETAILS A1.02 r EBEaR ru I NETER ALTERNATE PREFERECI METER LOCATION L eft If ALTERNATE 18. 8 TO X24' 5 RODFHATCH RODE UTILITY DESIGN ASSUMPTIONS 1 (4) 00 AMP MONTS (t)400AW TENANT (1)700 AMP LL PAWL MEp1AMCAL (5)1011:ORR' WITH GAS HEAT (DISTRBUTONBY NANTS) TfNUNi� DIE/MUST FAN FORUIBDYR0048 MOOS UNIT R FOR EAOI WIRYRDON O ENLARGED UTILITY PLAN 1 SCALE 141•1•-0' 0 0 MINES b-- /MIRAGE PER STRUCTURAL 2,T 2CS ROOF HATCH SEE DETAIL S /ABMS TO ROOF DECK ABOVE (ONE HOUR ENCLOSURES) S4' a -- rt xaRACE Vet � STRUCTURAL 1I I I I ! NORTH STORM OVERFLOW ABOVE 275 10•4' 184' t gf • cb ® FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 118'=1' -0' .4 1 1fa I STORM ABOVE I�.,�7j% — FINAL LOCATION TO BE DETERA U4EO wn DE57p1 COMRAOTOR. (HOLD TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE) I; 1 44 II \ � ;I L_ ' I I I m4' 244' 14'4 0 0 T 154' 245 24',2' EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES o scru mrspECTWCWALL IN (8P1. IN00ECT. LAMPEINASf AND OOLORT9II o WALL PACK (SPECS. T.HD.) © 1xAVMIUGHT IN 8DRTr (ECB.T84) A 0 0 0 0 0 0 RECEIVED JUN 2 9 2005 COMUNITY -M1U LYA N N Y LG2 I Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA 1110112TH AVE. NE 1 SURE 5011 BE, I M,F WA 1 98004 1425A/33.2000 1 1475483.1502 PERMIT SET 4.21.06 Jerry 01lm, Le, Ndd•d •MIONMOSI /MOO= ELATE 421.58 DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR PE INI 0}1180-02 Pit WAWA Tha pr, DRAM JAG 8.1-03 FLOOR PLAN A2.01 7$ ti 2t - (Th 1 2r$ > SLOPE. w: rd ROOF MICH NORTH U PARAPET STEP SCALE: 2/8'.7'-0' 4 J ROOF PLAN iS VARIES SLOPE UPPER ROOF T-CF 1@1 TOWARDS m1119t ROOF. VARIES> T , 6 W 8 [ i r Zrg> 0 • "RIES> 1 ARDS VARIES> j -' 11 — n R'd _J RECEIVED JUN 2 9 2006 COMMUNITY A Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWII,A, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA 1110 112T• AVE. NE 1 MARE 000 BE LEVUE. WA I SBOD/ 1425A83.2DM 11426A83.2002 "ww/O2corn PERMIT SET 4.21.06 Any OAn Los. ANibp DATE 421.00 MYYYwt W YI.YYSI.M. 1Y= DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR PER l 03420/02 Pit Wwen'Duman DRAW►t JAG 61-03 ROOF PLAN A2.02 AN TAP q ]O4 AFF. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 )111 1111 1 1 1 I I I I )11 111 1111 1I1.I 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 ) 1 I 1 I I l 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - 1 I I I I I I I I ` I II i 1 1 1 1 1 11 I 1 1 1 1 1 SPLIT DAL 1YP TYPE AMMO TYPE Er AYNONG / — BUILDING LBW TYPES• ODR RO3A160 M- FALPA!a_143 WEST ELEVATION 1 SCALE 1/4'1• -O O SOUTH ELEVATION 2 SCALE: 1/4 TAP 31•41' APP. BUILDING WIG TYPE A' TAG. AFF. BOG I T.O. W9a0W IOW AFF. Tnv S.4 AFF. FIN RR. • - -Im-- Nommonm . - -- -- ---- ELEVATION SHOWN FROM ANGLE RECEIVED 'JUN 2 9 2996 commumf o* Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA _IVLUJ_VAN_N/ . G2 1110112TH AVE NE 1 SURE 500 BE LLEVUE. WA 1 90004 425.4832000 1 1425.0832002 PERMIT SET 4.21.06 1J/say/Linn Ea4 NehlIm l 3760 R IS1EREO HiliCT A A NN LEE S TE OF WASHINGTON •rr.mrera� o .••∎ d�4 r NEMO. le WM. 14=1110=1.32.111110M DATE 421.08 DE3CWPTION L4SUED FOR PERIDT 051280. Pik W.On Mammon DRAWN: JAG 8.1-03 ELEVATIONS A3.01 TDF � 10F llSAfF. anti wru,. 1 • TAY. 11007. IL IIIM T00 IFau,. ti Mli la I==11=I=EMI ._ • ___ � ■ titan — i= . __ • • __ ISII lea =1•1•••••=1110111•1111= MI =MON IN LEI■SIS • • • O EAST ELEVATION 4 SCALE: 114•1.0 • 0 O NORTH ELEVATION 3 SCALE: 1/4'..1 4 i DAno LENT ME PL RA. RECEIVED 'JUN 2 9 Zags COMMUNRY DEVELOPMENT Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA M LVAN_d _Y G 2 1110112TH AVE. NE I SURE 600 BBLEVUE, WA 1 90004 t A25A632000 1 31211632002 PERMIT SET 4.21.06 Jury Ouhm L. Ardttect � TTECI { { {l IiEC. / A N LEE E WAS61NG10 w.Nr.w •..w.r.211•■r■••r ••.r.rrr.q.•r�r nr.r•re•r • DATE 421. DESCRIPTOR ISSUED FOR FERRO 011280-02 Pit Werylln Thoopwa DRAW0 JAG 61.13 ELEVATIONS A3.02 1 II I NE i�1•• 1�1 MIME 1 =1 IM•■ MEMWM U I■ 1■ I�: M1 � ELEVATION SHOWN FROM ANGLE 144__ CORNER ELEVATION 5 SCALE 1/4".1.0" ■••=1 =1 MINIIIIM111111U iI•11MI =M1MMI EEVATON ENO NN ROY ANGLE SPLIT FACE OYU TAP. 224'AFF. TAP. ZTxAFF. TOP. 78x TAP. X.2 A1F. F0tPk Na • BAC./ TO WINDOW 1va AFF. TA.V. 64 AFF. T.O.V. 3 4 A.F.F. RECEIVED 'JUN 2 9 2006 COMM NITY DEVELOPMENT ra t Illy rui I l.Ci MCI Retail Building _11111_1119,_Y 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA., WA 1110 112T14 AVE NE 1 SUITE 600 BEILEVUE, WA 1 96004 1425.4832000 1 1 425.463.2007 ►WYMrgOtmn PERMIT SET 4.21.06 1 Amy Quinn Lee, Architect 1N \ REG6YER 1 d R 1 � t r,T IRN LEE S IT OF WASH/NGTOM DATE 421.06 . rr.m Ne op rrr.ig ~ r. r :.� d DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR PERMIT 03/260@ P6t Weyfn Thompson DRAWEE JAG 8.4.03 ELEVATIONS A3.03 k TAP. 21'BAFF. y 17Lf AFF. 1 � � �►� � wry �.111�� j��r►- �/ �!%�• al SLOPE ( TOLL 18'F AFF. O EAST - WEST SECTION SCA .E v«r� SLOPE RECEIVED 'JUN 2 9 2006 com DEVELOO ramlly run c. enter Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA MSJ LVA N N Y L 2 0 1110 112TH AVE. NE 1 SUITE 601) RaLEV E WA 1 06001 l 428483.2000 1 1 4253.4832002 PERMIT SET 4.21.06 1 Any Ouhm 1M. Architect DATE 421.8 •rr.m.er. DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR PERMIT 03.12BD P►t Mein Thunman DRAWN:.IAG 16.1.1 BUILDING SECTIONS A3.04 1 O SECTION AT CMU VENEER 1 SCALE 112•=1-0' O 2 WALL SECTION SCALE 12•=1'-0' 3 O STOREFRONT SECTION SCALE 12•=1' -0' elk Y TAP 2T$ &FF. METAL 00T710 8TU000 ROSH y.� '1� 1.1 {l - . 1 METAL O ENLARGED ELEVATION A SCALE: 12'.1'-0' RECEIVED JUN 2 9 2906 COee.UNDY DEVELOPMENT Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TVKWII,A, WA 1110112TH AVE NE 1 SURE 600 BBLEWE, WA j 85004 14254832000 1 14254832002 PERMIT SET 4.21.06 1 — A> 6n MM Amydee DATE 4.21.08 p. TEBED ry�y1 IT[CT 1 pfun W S EEE SUTE Oi ,yA51UN0TOM ONOMEMMIYMMix DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR MOAT 03•,28002 pot V/eyen Tho pm DRAWN JAG WALL CROSS SECTIONS A5.01 i 511 STUCCO - \..2.1 TYPICAL CAP © STUCCO 1 SCALE: e•=1 O 5 TYPICAL STUCCO DRIP @ ACCENT SCALE: 6 =1•-0= ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM WITH 1 NNL GLAZNO /CPC. DRAB 03ROCII MEN) rNORW LOAD NS AATON BOARD FOUNDATION PER STRUCLDRANHOS TOP. 2YaAFF. O TYPICAL STUCCO REVEAL ( SILL SCALE 8=1 SCALE: 1 1/211 NXOTT gpv 20WA.FF. DPP r MILSROS DP DET18(SASS SMARM er BnreaD Im LATIN 6 O STOREFRONT HEAD SCALE: s=1•-0' COLUMN BEYOND WALL. BEYOND O TYP. PARAPET © STUCCO 2 SCALE: 1117=1 Ur PLYWOOD BREADING SDAAEPLY ROOFING IP AM) OVER PARAPET r r (MAYERSOF RAO / ?ROOFtl9AAT= / WPM BARRER(NW METAL EMI VAPOR BARREN r MTL STUD r 1ETLBTU) •Worm mess F910010 ON WALL BASE morrow • DAY DEDB(IARS DEADENS �\ CAVITYDIIAIU BOARD rOW VENEER SEAUNT T RU WAIL RAPING BID BREAKER VAPOR BARREE(TYP) r FAMDATICN WSIAATION FOUNDATION PER BMUOT. ORAY100:4 SCALE: 8'=1 TYPICAL CAP © METAL PANEL COLUMN BEYOND anima: MB IA LTRACI( SETN SEAL SEA/HR 1O ANGLE WALL © FOUNDATION 1 SCALE: 11Q 1'-0• 4• VAPOR BARREt (TYP) rIIN LOAD DIBUATO BOARD r FOUNDATION INSULATION SOME PLY ROOPDID $ O MTL PANEL / VENEER TRANSITION SCALE: 11@'=1'-0' 77 -- rte Br MOGAN SHEATHING M3STURE BARTER CAVITY DRAINAGE BOARD r CAW VENEER SENANT IH RU WALL FILSICIG WEEPS COMPETE LEDGE AT MU DOPE • FOUNDATION PER ST UOT. DRAWINGS 1O VENEER © FOUNDATION 2 SCALE: 11/2'=1-0= WPM BARREtITYP1 DM INTERIOR OIYS =MN BEYOND COWIN BEYOND SPERM DNB rNETALSTUDS SALTRACJE SET IN DEAL SEALER VAPOR BARREi(TYP) r NM LOAD INSULATION BOARD r FOUNDATION INSULATION Family Fun Center Retail Building RECEIVED JUN 2 9 1005 COMMUSITY 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA M U_YA.NN_Y G2 1110 112TH AVE NE 1 SUITE 500 BEL EVUE. WA 1 BBODA t 42•.4672000 1 7426.432002 PERMIT SET 4.21.06 Any Olh L... ATUErU E I T ERE O hi i1ECT It 1 1 1 , '1 /, '- I LEE E OF WASAIMGIOR •■■.m.w: /11 e.�rr��rew..rr ' i DATE 4.21.0& DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR PERMIT 05120002 FAY WAylln TNmpom DRAWN: JAG 5141 EXTERIOR DETAILS A6.01 STOREFRONT JAMB @ STUCCO ■.1../ SCALE: 6f-Cr 2 O STOREFRONT SILL SCALE: 61'-0 ® STOREFRONT JAMB @ CMU VENEER STOREFRONT SILL SCALE: ENV-0* \.t SCALE: 13' .(a STUCCO / CMU VENEER SECTION SCALE: 8wr-0" RECEIVED 'JUN 29 2011G 0 Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUICWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA _LVAN_N_Y_LG_2 1110 113TH AVE NE I SUITE ED BELLEVUE WA I WON t 4.25A03.2000 I f 425A632022 ItulvamyG2.03m PERMIT SET 4.21.06 I Jaw Oulnn Law Archltect EcnEREP. Hil (CT I DATE 421.08 ••■•~12MM.NE -61.*-M1011111.11■... wwwww•...ml.a.mos.e2 DESCRIPTOR ISSUED FOR PERMIT 03-1213042 Pik Wey03113:rnpson IWIAVet JAG 61-03 EXTERIOR DETAILS A6.02 FRONT . CORNER FLASHING @ STUCCO SCALE f•=1 SIDE PLANT HANGER ELEVATIONS ‘\ „L.') SCALE 1' = 1%0' ( FURRED ACCENT SECTION \,..2.1" SCALE: 3"=1'-0* Pr MTN. PANS. ( ACCENT FLASHING \,,1.2) SCALE: (rw• ( CORNER FLASHING \ SCALE: r=1.0 tmERicsiGNI3 DPOSED FASTENER SEAL (SITERIOR AND EKTERXR ITN JAMB @ ANGLE WALL GLAZING SCALE: r=r-r STCREfROD AlTACIOAENF MCASTURE BARRIBI WRAPS INTO OPDINGS HEAD @ ANGLE WALL GLAZING Z.../ SCALE: E.1.0' SILL @ ANGLE WALL GLAZING SCALE: Er=r-Cr ANGLE WALL DRIP \...!±„/ SCALE 6r=1 RECEIVED JUN 29 2O5 COMILAMY OEVELOPIKENT Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA a istl_U_LVA N N Y 4_G_2 mo 112Th AV0. NE I SURE SCO BELLEVIJE. WA I 90004 4254632000 I 14254812002 03128042 Pit WW RA Thumps DRAMA JAG 0-1-03 EXTERIOR DETAILS A6.03 INAvannyG2-arn PERMIT SET 4.21.06 Jaw Quinn UNA ANANNI I3700 eFfiln;700 All (11TASTAN DATE 4.21.013 •■■••...aamerarc Amob.......1r.11.•••=memyla wpw 1 DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR PERINI 1 O TYPE "A" AWNING SCALE: 1/2'.1%0" b O TYPE "C" AWNING 5 SCALE 1I•=V-0' FIELD YEW( ELEVATION PLAN CENTER STEEL AWING FRAMED ON STOR6AONTYLLlc"s O TYPE "B" AWNING 2 SCALE 1rr=•-0• 4 O TYPE "D" AWNING 6 SCALE: 1 1.O' RE DVERFY ELEVATION PLAN MO' CENTER TUBE SIEB AWNING ROAM ON STOREFRONT MELONS O 3 AWNING "A" SECTION SCALE 1 ir•=1*-0' AWNING "B" SECTION SCALE 11/2 LACE ENO OF AMMO ON UNOELSDE O BOTTOM VIEW 7 SCALE 11/2'1'-0' RECEIVED 'JUN 2 9 2006 Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA _N1U_LYA.NLLY 2 1110112TH AVE NE 1 SURE 600 BELLEWE. WA 1 MOM 1425A63.2000 1 f 425A6120 2 PERMIT SET 4.21.06 Aery Qitrm Um, ArOtld MOISTER ° HITECT AWNING DETAILS DATE 421.6 ..r.ne....,. sow.. me.setsalealerw. pr.s...ep... W�.O...p� DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR PERMIT 031280-02 PIC WelIn Thunman DRAWN: .AG 8-tm A6.04 i TYP. ROOF DRAIN SECTIONS SCALE 1•=1'-0O O ROOF DRAIN 4 SCALE NTS CROSS BECTON Td Td Sd LONGITUDINAL SECnaN Yd Yd //,1Ii1111111111\ !III/311 iln ICI 101 10. ROOF DRAW OVERFLOW ROOF DRAW AT HIGH END OF SUMP OVERFLOW DRAW COLLAR ® T ABOVE LOW POINT OF ROOF SEE DETAIL NA863 FOR MORE INFORMATION O ROOF LADDER DETAIL 6 SCALE: 11/7=P-0' ELEVATION X11 Iiw .• • ►4l • IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII We!' !log 1N � F8 8TL RAILS SUPPORTS O.CRYP.) CIR ORM ysiiiia �IB�ll�l Da FDE ETARDANT WOOOR/daBY OG rte. GA V. SHffWMTL CAP WHINE GEE DI SEALANT CCZUL SUPPORT FRUANG PER SMOOT. DRAWINGS O ROOF HATCH SECTION 3 SCALE NTS raw EXTEND LADDER TO TOP OF ROOF HATCH ra1Qa ROOF HATCH. 12 OA COVER& HINGES BEE ROOF RAN FOR LOCATION wBUTATEOnnL CURB WI PREFf ENED IRL FtA81M OON INSDE TRUSS BEYOND RCCENED 1 IN 2 9 2145 ramny run Lefilef Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H1 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA J _M_U_LYA G2 1110112TH AVE_ NE 1 SURE MO Ba EVUF WA 1 R8004 14284877000 1 1425483.2002 PERMIT SET 4.21.06 Jar/ Guinn Lea MdB.d DATE 4.21.08 . . .._ mom.�r�� wV..mmsles DESCRIPTOR ISSUED FOR PERMIT 031280-02 PNt WeMln Thanuyon DRAWFE JAG 317 ROOF DETAILS A6.05 DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR FRAME RDAARI(S NO- SIZE THOC. TYPE WTL FAL TMEBN IOW SE1 WT. FIL HEAD JAW INFERIOID SEE ELEVATION BOON RRIRSTORETRCNT REFERENCE 0 r42x7'.0' 1IN' A HLLL PADDED BEE SPEC ENRFL NIL PAINTED 45 MR 45 MY 451101 FRE RATIO 645 MR © 142% NT 1 D B HIL PAINTED AWIL E GEC 1W. PANED 4169.01 111901 MARDI o ra'x rd 1 314 B NIL PADDED ALIIIL BEE SPEC NAL PAINTED MARDI WW1 MAORI COIO®7GAL STOREFRONT - QFEW ® -SINGLE DOOR 0 raxra 1 sr C AUDI. PREFOR Am SEE SPEC ALL PRE441 BMD1 2A9D1 RAM COIAIRRGAL STOREFRONT - GFM1 MOOTED -BOGIE DOOR 6 142X2.1 1 IW C AUX PREPE1 AWL SEE SPEC ALUL PRSFIN MARDI VARDI 7AR0I 0010TER!lALBTORFRONT -CLEAR ANODIZED -SINGLE DOOR 6 Y.0 XT.0 171E C A6Y. ME-FIN MAL BEE MA<C AMY PRSFIN MARDI LAR01 7A6D1 COMMERCIAL STOREFRONT - CLEM ANODIZED -SINGLE 1xx7R 7 COX 7 1W CC ALUM REP64 ALUM SEE SPED Ally PREMRI 0101 169.01 7001 p600311TN. STOREFRONT -CLEAR M1OO ®- OOU3EDOORS 2421(2.0 1 Ar C ALIAL FRERN AWL ALM PREA.4 61A921 WADI MAI COIAGERCIAL STOREFRONT -CLEAR MOWED - BOW DOOR 4 VOx 1 Mr C 66426 PRBAN ALMA M1Y PNEip MIDI NAM 76901 LSRIRBRONT- CLEAR ANOO ®. SINGLE DOM DOOR NOTES SAL NOTES r A ALL IWmWAtE COIE01®1B MUST BE CERTiIEDPCR HANDICAP ADAACCfSSOLOY =ELME& N 6 BEE EX16AOR ELEVATIONS FOR EXTERIOR RASH SPECIFICATIONS AND COLD29. 6 G BGN OVERDOOR TO READ'DOORS TO REMAIN IIRDO ® DURING BUSINESS NO1Ft5' -- WTHCA1D4*L SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY PICTOGRAM D. MOVIE DOOR NONAGE N— AS OETABED NAIL WODON DECO DOOR TYPES rd SW rd 1'S PLEAD AT 0111 1 .01 IgNETR _ 111= 1 �1 Al GO ® MIYFRNEWI P A DNO CIFJIIRIEIOEiED GlAmx1 / s hl r A2D63 CIFMTBA'HRED ANOD ® ALLY FRAIEVO ! CiALNB 1 a�e A B C INTERIOR DOOR EXTERIOR DOOR DCTERIOR DOOR HOLLOW METAL INSULATED ANT HOLLOW METAL WI LOUVER CC EXTERIOR DOUBLE DOORS STOREFRONT ' ?II M 1966 COL 0a0 0 - - -- . Li 1 ■1■ g) ® ,. , o o 0 . ,/ 1. at ' ?II M P 0a0 0 ir Li 1 ■1■ g) Sao ■ oo. 0 ■ 1K 1. Lk c_c_, 0 11 P 0a0 0 ir Li 1 ■1■ Sao ■ ■ 0 ■ 1K Lk .. L 0a0 0 0 we O JAMB AT EXTERIOR OPENING SCALE 11/2'=1' -O' O HEAD AT EXTERIOR OPENING 4 SCALE 1 1rz.1'-0' O THRESHOLD AT EXT. OPENING 6 SCALE 11t?=1'-0' SCALE 3118'=1'-0' DS I q TINIMACC NW M [ OP MtA I! WINDOW TYPES 10 r MIL STUDS RIPPED 21 SAT GAS DOOR PER BUEEDAE BULTUP EGL STUD 66 W if 1 TO M 2 O STOREFRONT DOOR JAMB SCALE 3•■1'-0' 81DD3RONTGLADG EXTERIOR EXTERIOR &NINA STOREFRONT DOOR 4' WIDE1IW65N01D ( BET II BED OF 6EMANT) W MAX 1NRDROD IEOYT. SLOPE DREP OR CONDITION PER PLMO MOVE 0171LCULE FRAME OPG # T t INTERIOR 1 EXTERIOR 3 O STOREFRONT MULLION SCALE 3'=1'-0' 5 O STOREFRONT DOOR HEAD SCALE 3•=1' -O O STOREFRONT THRESHOLD 7 SCALE 3•l' -O • /Im1<(111NLNl19ND E966 BAD! ®PL . 1 NYIA RDWL ®YL e II II I I II INTERIOR II II 1966 / ®u TI11.1L 11001 ECM NW / 3 0 - . ETVED D IN ? 9 2005 uvv -1 ".�fT Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA U1YAN_NY! G2 1110112TH AVE NE 1 BUTTE SOD BE LEVUE. WA 1 71001 I 425463200 1 74254691002 W IVennyG2.CNI PERMIT SET 4.21.06 I Awry Quinn Les. A.tlibct RRCIST4RRD RIMY GUTAN LEE OTT OF 9626041014 GATE 42168 •rr�ol.rr.r sr,w /lNNr . +r • DESCRPTION ISSUED FOR PERMIT D3- 128002 Pit Wg414 TY9nPDn 0x96901 JAG 8-140 DOOR AND WINDOW SCHEDULES A9.01 STRUCTURAL NOTES 1. GOVERNING CODE - WASHINGTON STATE BUILDING CODE (2003 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE AND STATE AMENDMENTS.) 2. DESIGN LOADS ROOF LIVE LOAD - 25 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD - 25 PSF FLAT ROOF SNOW LOAD - Pf = 25 PSF SNOW EXPOSURE Ce = 0.7 Is = 1.0, Ct = LO (USING Pg AND Pf AS 25 PSF.) VIND - 85 MPH EXPOSURE Blp = 1 FARTHQUAKF DESIGN DATA 1. SEISMIC IMPORTANCE FACTOR - Ie = 1, SEISMIC USE GROUP 1 2, RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS -BASE ON SOIL REPORT Ss =1.43 Fn= 0.9 SI =0.49 Fv =2.4 3. SITE CLASS - D 4. SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFFICIENTS - Sds = (2/3)(0.9)(1.43) = 16294 SdI = (2/3)(2.4)00.49> = 4.898 5. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY - D 6. BASIC SEISMIC FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM - STEEL X- BRACING 7. DESIGN BASE SHEAR - 42 KIPS 8. RESPONSE MODIFICATION FACTOR - R = 5 9. ANALYSIS PROCEDURE USED - WORKING STRESS. 10. BASE SHEAR EAST /WEST = 15 KIPS NORTH /SOUTH = 15 KIPS FOUNDATION. BEARING PRESSURE 1250.0 PSF PER SOIL REPORT BY ASSOCIATED EARTH SCIENCES, INC PROJECT NUMBER KE00689A, DATED JULY 22, 2003 BEFORE COMMENCING OF EARTHWORK, PRE CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE SHALL BE CONDUCTED BETWEEN THE SOIL ENGINEER AND THE CONTRACTOR. THE MEETING MINUTES OF THE ABOVE MEETING SHALL BE FAXED TO THE ARCHITECT THE SAME DAY AND FOLLOW UP WITH A HARD COPY WITHIN FIVE WORKING DAYS. CONCRETE. (PROVIDE MIX DESIGN) F'c= 3000 PSI, INSPECTED (5 -1/2 SACK CEMENT PER C.Y. MIN.) ULTIMATE STRENGTH DESIGN METHOD USED. MIXING AND PLACING OF ALL CONCRETE AND SELECTION OF MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE UBC AND ACI CODE 318 -99. SELECTION OF MATERIALS SHALL BE SUCH AS TO PRODUCE A DENSE PROPORTIONING OF AGGREGATE TO CEMENT, SHALL BE SUCH AS TO PRODUCE A DENSE WORKABLE MIX WITH 3' MAXIMUM SLUMP WHICH CAN BE PLACED WITHOUT SEGREGATION OR EXCESS FREE SURFACE WATER. PROVIDE MIX DESIGN OF CONCRETE TO BE USED FOR APPROVAL. 1/2' CHAMFER AT ALL EXPOSED EDGES OR AS SHOWN IN ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. WATER CURING OR WATERBORNE EVAPORATION RETARDER MUST BE USED TO AVOID CRACKS. AIR ENTRAIN ALL CONCRETE EXPOSED TO WEATHER WITH 3 PERCENT TO 6 PERCENT AIR BY VOLUME. REINFORCING STEEL ALL CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE DEFORMED ASTM A615 -78 GRADE 60 (fy = 60,000 PSD. LAP CONTINUOUS REINFORCING BARS 36 BAR DIAMETERS, 1' -7' MINIMUM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CORNER BARS 2'-0' BEND, WILL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT. DETAIL STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH 'ACI MANUAL OF PRACTICE OF DETAILING REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES.' WELDED WIRE FABRIC (WVF) TO CONFORM WITH ASTM A 185. REINFORCING HOOKS TO COMPLY WITH STANDARD ACI HOOKS. PROVIDE DOWEL TO MATCH WALL VERTICAL WITH STANDARD HOOK. COVER TO MAIN REINFORCEMENT TO BE BOTTOM OF FOOTING 3' FORMED SURFACES 3/4' INTERIOR FACE 1 -1/2' EARTH OR WEATHER FACE STRUCTURAL STEEL. ALL WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH 'AISC SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR BUILDINGS.' AND THE 'CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE.' STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS, STRUCTURAL STEEL PIPE COLUMNS TUBE COLUMNS WELDED STUDS BOLTS (STEEL TO STEEL) ASTM A -50 ASTM A -53, GRADE B ASTM A -500, GRADE B ASTM A -108 ASTM A -325N (Fy = 50,000 PSI) (Fy = 35,000 PSI) (Fy = 46,000 PSI) (Fy = 46,000 PSI) ALL WELDING TO BE PERFORMED BY WABO CERTIFIED WELDERS. PROVIDE MIN EMBEDMENT FOR ANCHOR BOLTS PER IBC TABLE 1912.2 FOR CONCRETE. ALL WELDING TO CONFORM WITH AWS D1.1 -86 'CODE FOR WELDING IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION.' WELDS NOT SPECIFIED SHALL BE 3/16' CONTINUOUS FILLET MINIMUM. ALL WELDS BY OREGON ASSOCIATION OF BUILDING OFFICIALS CERTIFIED WELDERS. USE FRESH E70XX ELECTRODES. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ITEMS TO BE GALVANIZED. NOTE BOLTS ARE NOT AN EQUAL SUBSTITUTE FOR WELDHEAD STUDS. STEEL JOISTS AND GIRDERS. STEEL JOISTS AND GIRDERS MUST BE DESIGNED, FABRICATED AND INSTALLED - IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DISC AND RECOMMENDED CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL JOISTS AND JOIST GIRDERS BY STEEL JOISTS INSTITUTE. THE DESIGN LOADS MUST INCLUDE ALL DEAD, LIVE, SEISMIC, VIND VIND UPLIFT IMPOSED MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LOADS. VERIFY ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL LOADS. PROVIDE BRIDGING AS REQUIRED BY JOIST MANUFACTURER. THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF AN WASHINGTON STATE LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER SHALL BE AFFIXED TO CALCULATIONS AND SHOP DRAWINGS. STRUCTURAL STEEL DECK. ALL STEEL DECK TO BE ASC PACIFIC TYPE B ROOF DECK 22GA GALV. ALL WELDING AND INSTALLATION PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION. MINIMUM WELDING, 6 PUDDLE WELD PER SHEET, 1/2 SEAN WELD AT 12' 0.C., 1/2 PUDDLE WELD AT 12' 0.C. AT ALL PERIMETER MEMBERS, TYPICAL SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS IN THE FIELD AND SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE SHORING AND BRACING OF ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS DURING CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ALL FIELD CHANGES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SHOP DRAWINGS. SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE REVIEWED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SUBMIT TO THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. SHOP DRAWINGS MUST BE COMPLETE ENOUGH TO BUILD OUT OF WITHOUT REFERRING TO THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS OR THE SPECIFICATIONS, SUBMIT ONE SET OF PRINTS OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND ONE SET OF REPRODUCIBLE SEPIAS OF SHOP DRAWINGS TO K.M. MAW FOR APPROVAL PRDOR TO FABRICATION FOR STEEL DECK, STRUCTURAL STEEL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL, REINFORCING STEEL AND STEEL JOISTS, SKYLIGHTS AND SPRINKLERS. SUBMIT THREE COPIES OF ALL SHOP DRAWINGS TO BUILDING DEPARTMENT AFTER REVIEW BY ENGINEER AND PRIOR TO FABRICATION. INSPECTIONS. INSPECTIONS TO BE PER IBC CHAPTER 17 AND ARE TO BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LAB AND /OR SOILS ENGINEER APPROVED PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AND OWNER. FOUNDATIOHh DETERMINE OPTIMUM DENSITY. TAKE COMPACTING TESTS OF SUB GRADE AND FILL PLACEMENT. SOILS ENGINEER IS TO OBSERVE PLACEMENT OF STRUCTURAL FILL AND IS TO INSPECT FOOTINGS JUST PRIOR TO CONCRETE PLACEMENT TO INSURE CONDITIONS ARE AS ANTICIPATED. SOILS ENGINEER IS TO PERFORM A REVIEW OF YORK DURING CONSTRUCTION OF THE EARTHWORK, EXCAVATION AND FOUNDATION PHASES. CONCRETE, TAKE CONCRETE CYLINDERS PER IBC SECTION 1903. VERIFY SLUMP. 3 CYLINDERS PER 50 CUBIC YARDS. ALL TESTS REPORT MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT. REINFORCING r LRIFi ALL REINFORCING 1S PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS. MASONRY VENEER. ALL MASONRY VENEERS TO BE SUPPORTED LATERALLY BY GALVANIZED SEISMIC VENEER TIES (APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT) Q 16' 0.C. HORIZONTALLY AND 24' D.C. VERTICALLY. FOR VEEP HOLES, SEE ARCH. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MATERIAL AND CONTROL JOINTS. WELDING. INSPECT ALL FIELD WELDS. FULL PENETRATION WELDS TO BE INSPECTED BY ULTRASONIC OR RADIOGRAPHIC METHOD. SUBMIT INSPECTION REPORT TO K.M. MAW. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY FOR REVELDING AND REINSPECTION OF ALL WELDS NOT MEETING SPECS. INSPECTOR SHALL NOTIFY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER 'OF ALL WELDS NOT MEETING SPECS. SPECIAL INSPECTION FOR A325 BOLTS. STEEL DECK. NOTIFY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER 48 HOURS MINIMUM PRIOR TO COVERING INSPECTION NOTE TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL TRADES CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT PLANS SHOVING LOCATION, LOAD AND ANCHORAGE OF ALL HANGERS SUPPORTING ANY MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING DR SPRINKLER LOADS IN EXCESS OF 50 POUNDS. ANY ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THESE PLANS AND SHALL SHOW LOADS AND LOCATIONS. THESE SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO K.M. MAW FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY OF THESE EQUIPMENT. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS. ALL WALL SHALL BE BRACED AND SECURED UNTIL THE ROOF STRUCTURE IS COMPLETED. THE VALLS ARE NOT DESIGNED TO CARRY ANY LATERAL LOADS WITHOUT ROOF STRUCTURE. SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED 1. SUB GRADE PREPARATION 2. STRUCTURAL STEEL ERECTION AND WELDING. 3. PLACING OF REINFORCING STEEL. 4. STEEL DECK WELDING ALL STEEL EXPOSED TO WEATHER TO BE GALVANIZED. STRUCTURAL STEEL STUDS ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL STUDS TD BE STEELER 6' 14 GA., (EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE ON DETAIL) PLACED AND ATTACHED PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION. MIN ATTACHMENT, 3 - 8GA SELF TAPPING SCREWS 2 EACH END OR 2 - 1/8' WELD x 1/2' LONG. PLEASE SEE DETAIL FOR SPECIAL WELDING. PROVIDE 2 - 5/8' DIA. EXPANSION BOLT (HILTI KWIK BOLT OR EQUAL) ONE ON EACH SIDE OF BUILT UP STUD VERTICAL, MIN. EMBEDMENT OF 6' INTO EXISTING CONCRETE. SECTION PROPERTY FOR 6' 14GA STEEL STUDS MIN. GROSS SECTION PROPERTIES - SECTION MODULUS MOMENT OF INERTIA Fy FOR 14GA 6' STEEL STUD = 50 KSI 18' GA 6' STUD B 16' O.C. MAY BE USED FOR PARAPET THAT DOES NOT EXCEED 5' - 0' IN HEIGHT ABOVE ROOF DECK. VERTICAL STUDS SPANNING RETVFFN FLn Aun ROOF BEAM MAY BE 18GA 6' STUD E l6' O.C. SECTION PROPERTY FOR 6' 18GA STEEL STUDS MIN GROSS SECTION PROPERTIES - SECTION MODULUS MOMENT OF INERTIA PROVIDE SHOP DRAWING OF THE EXTERIOR WALL, FOR REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER Sx= 1.1760 1n Ix= 3.5280 1n Sx =.6681n Ix =2.0In RECEIVED 'JUN 2 9 260 CO n w+ Family Fun Center 11 Retail Building A 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA k.m. maw associates consulting engineer H2 Office LLC 610 018 AVENUE SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 68104 G061 6244146 PERMIT SET 5.18.06 S • DATE 4.17.06 6.18.06 06-14 PM: JOE MAW DRAWN: S0.1 DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR PERMIT STRUCTURAL NOTES C ti 2c.r l 7-007-6 PTO WI WO 17' 0.0. TOP MID BOTTOM EACH WAY -1- TS X6X1MBRACE 24-2' NORTH TS5 X5X 114 F.1 TYP F4 TYPE F -1 F-2 COWMN 125X501U TSSX5XIM TOTAL LOAD 50 KIDS W.0 KPS OE.AD LOAD 16 KIPS 150 KIPS DEAD LOAD 1210PS 460 KIPS FOOTING SUS 5'4 X SD' X 1•-0' WI 515 BOT. EA WAY RP XTi' X TO W1615 SOT. EA WAY TSS X 5X IM BRACE IS5 X5 X 121 FOOTING MD COUSIN SCIEO SE TYP CONTROL /DINTS ON GRID. TYP PROIDE SLEEVES THROUGH GRADE SEAM TW OOLNONT 5 SX 1M PRONOE GAP BETWEEN UTILITIES PIPES AND SLEEVES FOR POSSISI E MOVEMENT. MEL 1 1? 4' SLAB PLACED ON APPROVED SUB GRADE sus 6* POUND OF STRUX 9440 FIBER PER CUBIC YARD OF CONCRETE TS5 XS( IN idd P S-4' 786 X5 X1M BRACE O FOUNDATION PLAN SCALE 1/8•=f-Cr 6 25,1 24•-7 BUILT UP METAL STUD COLUMN S DIAAL TSSXSX IM 14'. PROVE B DOWEL* @i6' OC BETWEEN SLAB AND GRADE 666 BUILT ITV METAL COLUMN S DWI. BU6.T IAMETALSTUI CZIEN. 24-2' l 10 dC � O TWILL 24' X 15' MIN. DEPTH GRADE BEAM. (SEE SECTION) W/ 349 CONT. TOP AND BOTTOM. W164 TIES ®18' OC. PROVIDE 05' X BB' CORNER BARS 5MIE SIZE AND SPACING AS BEAM REINFORCING. RECE ,ED 'JUN z5 2J Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA k.m. maw associates consulting engineer PERMIT SET 5.18.06 S. 2611E i EXPIRES: 10/24/2006 DATE 4.17.00 it late 06-14 PM JOE MAW DRAWN: S1.1 010 514 AVENUE SEATTLE. WASHINGTON 06104 (206)624.7146 DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR PERM/T FOUNDATION PLAN NORTH ROOF FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 118'=1'.0" 1. STEEL JOISTS ARE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL AND ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THIS BUILDING PERMIT. THE SHOP DRAWINGS AND CAI n 4ATIONS ARE REQUIRED TO BE PREPARED AND STAMPED BY AN ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING DEPT. FOR REVIEW AND APPROVED BEFORE FABRICATION. UVE LOAD =25PSF. DEAD LOAD = 15PSF. WIND UPLIFT =1BPSF. MECHANICAL UNIT LOAD IS ASSUMED TO BE 2000.0 BLANKET SNOW DRIFT LOAD OF 20 PSF. LS USED ALL TRI14cPR AND ITS CONNECTIONS MUST BE DESIGN FOR S.0 NIPS HORIZONTAL LOAD. 3. MECHANICAL Cd4TRACTOR AND MECHANICAL CONSULTANT TO REVIEW THE JOIST LAY OUT BEFORE FABRICATION ' 4. PROVIDE SCUPPER TO AVOID PONDING. RECEIVED JUN 2 9 2u @; 4Ra4Y Family Fun Center Retail Building D 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA k.m. maw associates consulting engineer PERMIT SET 5.18.06 DATE 4.17.08 5.18.08 06-14 PM: JOE MAW DRAWN: 810 9E AVENUE SEATTLE WASHINGTON 96104 (2081 8244148 DESCRIPTION S2.1 ISSUED FOR PERMIT ROOF FRAMING PLAN 57PSF HEADER BRACING 0 Cr. HAT r HEADER BRACING r — - T 1 I IRtusl 93-54 1 L - '30333 q 1 %8X81 :r. Ell SLOPE O 1M':1•.4 SLOPE a VC: 1•a HEADER BRACING z Ell pp T-1 RTU4I • x I 12•d 1 __J W 164125/ 200 TVA r � t 1 •, - - I E L ",r -- 1 I IRTUxI 93 E ' r —, I I IRruJI 1 __J 1 __J 1 __J 130339 ,X9X91 SLOPE 0 IM': 1•-0' Q mom 0 ur:1'0 . 0 Al I I C rnrwueK Uw�aN� P$ A .-- 12•d 0 � I L JA 1 Q 51 PSF _ NORTH ROOF FRAMING PLAN SCALE: 118'=1'.0" 1. STEEL JOISTS ARE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL AND ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THIS BUILDING PERMIT. THE SHOP DRAWINGS AND CAI n 4ATIONS ARE REQUIRED TO BE PREPARED AND STAMPED BY AN ENGINEER REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON AND APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD AND SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING DEPT. FOR REVIEW AND APPROVED BEFORE FABRICATION. UVE LOAD =25PSF. DEAD LOAD = 15PSF. WIND UPLIFT =1BPSF. MECHANICAL UNIT LOAD IS ASSUMED TO BE 2000.0 BLANKET SNOW DRIFT LOAD OF 20 PSF. LS USED ALL TRI14cPR AND ITS CONNECTIONS MUST BE DESIGN FOR S.0 NIPS HORIZONTAL LOAD. 3. MECHANICAL Cd4TRACTOR AND MECHANICAL CONSULTANT TO REVIEW THE JOIST LAY OUT BEFORE FABRICATION ' 4. PROVIDE SCUPPER TO AVOID PONDING. RECEIVED JUN 2 9 2u @; 4Ra4Y Family Fun Center Retail Building D 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA k.m. maw associates consulting engineer PERMIT SET 5.18.06 DATE 4.17.08 5.18.08 06-14 PM: JOE MAW DRAWN: 810 9E AVENUE SEATTLE WASHINGTON 96104 (2081 8244148 DESCRIPTION S2.1 ISSUED FOR PERMIT ROOF FRAMING PLAN m sJB r -1 3Je• N VERTICAL ® 18' O.C. WI1 -N NORM 0 TOP O 1 Typ Exterior Wall Footing 3I4 O Foundation Section (f17, Veneer 34' =1-0• OViri War.; NOTE SUBGRADE TO BE APPROVED BY 500. ENGINEER 7 O Typical Control Joint Details 314' =per TYP 1R' X 17 X 12' EMBED BP WI 4.34' X 12' AB. MIN EKED r 1NSUTAT10N PER ARCH. 5- /B CONT. TOP AND B0110M WI N TIES 0 ir 0.C,TYP. CONC. SLAB 21P STRIP OR EQUAL. EPDXY FILL JOINT BEFORE OCCUPANCY O 2 Typ Stl Column to Ftg 314' =ILET SEE ARCH. DWG FOR STORE FRONT SYSTEM, TYP 4' CONC. SLAB (BROOM FINISH) O 5 Foundation Section A Storefront 3W r-0' O 8 Footing At Line 1 and A 3r4' =ILO" 1MD < SLOPE 2' - ®• 'l I� � ill COLUM(I BEYOND WALL BEYOND 1/2'X1TX12'BP •N-34' X IT AB. MIN ENS00 r O Typ Stl Column to Ftg At Brace 3 314' =1'a 3/4' = r.o 5910M PER ARCH. TYP. MOISTURE BAWLER 4' METAL STUD 8' METAL MUDS 4' CONC. SUB (BROOM FWLSM) 285. TYP. '.a. I SIPXIGx18'BP WJ4c314'X1?AB MIN EMBED r ; I'-47' I, W/47N7(1H' PLATES TYP TRACK TO FTG ATTACHMENT 1 8 POWER DINER NMS 0 1T OC STAGGER AT JAMB ( BUILT UP STUDS ) PROVIDE 518' ODU4. EA SIDE OF JAMB MIN EMBED OF 8' COLUMN BEYOND INTERIOR GAB © Foundation Section (a7 Angled Wall 3 = td RECEIVED 'JUN 2 5 21105 Family Fun Center Retail Building k.m. maw associates consulting engineer A 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA PERMIT SET 5.18.06 DATE 4.17.08 5.18.08 4 `'raud 41 \NgS .. EXPIRES: 10/24/2006 06-14 PM: JOE MAW DRAWN: 810 hd AVENUE SEATTLE. WASHINGTON 98104 (208) 8247148 • t . =Y IN - 8 FOUNDATION DETAILS S3.1 DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR PERMIT r 14 GA STUD WED TO STEEL BEAM AFm TO STUD SE DETAIL ON 8.-3.4 ® Typ St! Girder to Ext. Col. ® 4 Girder to Bm. 314• 41,-G PLAN SECTION ® Beam to Column Connection 7 3M• a 1•a 3)3(14 GA CONT. TAG WELD TO DECK WITH 1nr WELD 1? AT 1? OC. STEEL JOIST PER PLAN STEEL DECK PER PLAN 'd STABILIZER RATE WELD TO BY. OR =MIN PLATE WELDED TO W18 W1 334• BOLTS TO W12 UT COLUMN CAP PLATE WELDED TO T8 WI 1N WELD. COPE CAP PLATE TO FR Wl 3.31 MA. TO WI8UN. BASE PLATE CONNECTOR l0 81281? WI4. 34• DIA AD. SEE TYPICAL DETAIL 1511 STEEL JOIST PER PLAN STEEL DECK PER PLAN STEEL JOIST GIRDER PER PLAN il7xeccr ST JOIST, TYP) 114 3416®• ST : 0RER PL (DO NOT WELD TO JOIST .i ._ TIP) STEEL COLLIN PER RAN O 2 Typ StI Girders to Sti Column 314 ® Typ Steel Joists to Joist Girder 3fir 1•47 14 ' G EA BN TOTAL r 114 14 r ec o. d0f 1? GAP NAL ® Column to Beam at Brace COORDINATE RATE SIZE AND T GAGE W) JOIST NFR —� 1? STIFFENER R, FULLY WELD WI 14', TYP. ROTE: JOIST GIRDER SEARING DEPTHS TO 8E EOUAL AT COLUMN LOCATIONS. 1• BEARING PLW, 4714' DIA r BOLTS IN LONG SLOTTED HOLES 13 8 8 4 12 - PLATE WI 4.34' DUN BOLTS TO SW 1YP AT ALL COL 1? CENTER RATE STEEL J06T STEEL OECX STEEL JOIST PER RAN 4414 PAM BOLTS PER RAN GIRDER BTEE. CO11LN PER PLAN 0 3 Typ StI Girders to Stl Column 314• =1 SECTION Beam to Beam at Corner ® Diagonal to Diagonal NOTE J010T GIRDER BEARING DEPR/S TO BE EQUAL ATCOLWN LOCATIONS. RECEIVED JUN 2 8 290 CO °. A Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA k.m. maw associates consulting engineer 810 314 AVENUE SEATTLE. WASHINGTON 88104 (206) 0247148 PERMIT SET 5.18.06 : �� .h... EXPIRES: 10/24/2006 DATE 4.17. 8.18-08 06-14 PM: JOE MAW DRAWN DESCRIPTION ROOF FRAMING DETAILS S3.2 ISSUED FOR PERMR I O Deck to Beam Connection D _....:.�.. .. n.+_..IL.I T.. 1..:..4 I alill II.J ID ralaI, I 1 V 0v10L 314' = 1'4r uS O Typical Header Detail 7 311 = ra 181 BENT PLATE, COPT. WELD TO W12 WI 10W WELD 2' © EA SIDE, WELD DECK TO BENT RATE WI RIDDLE WELD STEEL JOIST PER RAN 6TEEl DECK PER PLAN I T / T L ,<sn6 WELD To TOP CHORD WI 1N' WELD MIN r TYl 214 GArBB S BACK TO BACK AT MID SPAN OF GPNG. WITH Ur WELD WN. S EA END 2-14 GA S STUDS BMX TO BACK AT MD SPAN OF 01 WITH lir WELD Mel SEA END 2-14 GA S STUDS BACK TO BACK BRACE U GAr MUMS/ 2.14 GA TRACK FULLY WELDED AT EA DOS m LW WELDS AT 43' OC PROVDE ONE AT BRACE LOCATION TIP LEADER 5d 14 GA STUDS W/ 2-14 W1 2• LAG. WELD STUD TO STUD WON US WELD 2' LONG c r OC AND 118' WELD 7 LONG 8' OC TRACK TO SKIDS TIP. FULLY WELD BOX BEAM TO BOX COLUMN W/ Ie WELD. NOTE USE 38' UGA STUDS FOR OPENNO LESS THAN 6 Deck to Beam Connection 2 3M• r J 171. STUD EA SIDE. TYP. 314• = 1 LJJGtClll V Jlll S RUNNER TRAGIC TYP. S WI STUD. TIP. ® 3/4' = 1%0' O 3/4. = 1 .- 0 ' BEE RAN FOR LOCATIONS. O 3 Mech. Unit Support y4' = ,.� 1.666 X SAS W/ urxr BENT RATE AT EA END. WELD PLATE TO 1 WRN u8' WELD AND VAT/4 iAr r LONG WELD TO TRUSS TOP CHORD BENT PLATE PROVIDE 1 61(8(1/4 LASS ANGLE AS REQUIRED FOR DEC( OPENING. 068201 TRUSS FOR AN ADDED LOAD OF 5002 • 2-14 GAS STAGS BLCKVO BACK AT MD SPAN OF OPNG. WITH 14' WELD MN. W EA. END L 648 A Sn6 SPIN ACROSS PAAEL POINTS wive welo r o r oc TO JOIST TOP CHORD © When Bracing is Perpendicular to Joist 3/4' = T-0' RECEIVED JUN 2 a 240 _ Family Fun Center Retail Building A 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA k.m. maw associates consulting engineer 610 Sr0 AVENUE SEATTLE. WASHINGTON 16104 (206)6x47146 PERMIT SET 5.18.06 OIr41. r EXPIRES: 10/24/2006 DATE 4.17.06 6.16.08 06-14 PM: JOE MAW DRAWN: DESCRIPTOR ISSUED FOR PERMIT ROOF FRAMING DETAILS S3.3 T.O.FRAMING 774 A.F.F. Section @ Angle Wall O 1 and Typ. Stud Attachment to Beam 172 1' . ik T.O.P. VARIES T.O.FRMAING 77-0 AFF. 8' STEEL STUD FRAMING F.F Da ME 111 111. r SILL SOFFIT 10 AF .F. viv I lk 6T(1? PLATE EA SIDE OF BUILT UP STUD COLUMN WELD WITH 118 WELD AND TO BEAM WITH 1M' WELD SEE PLAN VIEW SEE DETAIL 7rs 23 4-0' 14 GA WC STEEL STUDS ® JAMB, TYP. 94 VERTICAL ® 187 0.0 W11 -NH0R2 ®TOP c) Storefront Section 1 /7 -P ROOF BEAM BRACING AT MIS SPAN OF OPNG. TYP SEE DETAIL7157.1 SEE DETAIL 7103.3. 77P USE 4$14 GAM STEEL STUDS (a ENTRY JAMB 1C 14 OA STUD RILL HT. AT TYP WINDOW OPNG TAG WELD STUD TO STUD W/ 1/16 -1' WELD ®1? OC Siff OF OPENING VARIES O Storefront Elevation and Typical Window Header RECE/v JUN 22 t"; 2403 Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA k.m. maw associates consulting engineer A 810 SA AVENUE SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98106 (206) 624 -7148 PERMIT SET 5.18.06 • .1/ Jekii EXPIRES: 10/24/2006 DATE 4.17.08 6.18.06 08-14 PM: JOE MAW DRAWN: DESCRIPTION S3.4 ISSUED FOR PERM7T WALL SECTIONS CD West Elevation 114 1 - South Elevation 144 • 1' - REcevE JUN 232 1 +IIT P ,„ 00 Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA k.m. maw associates consulting engineer 510 3r0 AYEN.E SEATTLE. WASHINGTON p61O (206) e24-7148 PERMIT SET 5.18.06 DATE 4.17.08 6.18.06 08-14 PM JOE MAW ORAWN: DESCRIPTOR S3.5 ISSUED FOR PERMIT X- BRACING ADD 3 t i TOP AND BOTTOM CONT.TYP 0 East Elevation North Elevation 1/4• =T - RECEryE JUN 2 20C Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA k.m. maw associates consulting engineer 810 3.8 AVENUE SEATTLE WASMINOTON OB10N 1206 )624.7140 PERMIT SET 5.18.06 *4 bq"- EXPIRES: 10/24/2006 DATE 4.17.00 5.18.08 DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR PERMIT 0&U PM: JOE MAW DRAWN: X— BRACING S3.6 .,r ��- ,A- y � i I it 11 11 / .�-y 1l it ADD 3 t i TOP AND BOTTOM CONT.TYP 0 East Elevation North Elevation 1/4• =T - RECEryE JUN 2 20C Family Fun Center Retail Building 7100 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA H2 Office LLC 7300 FUN CENTER WAY TUKWILA, WA k.m. maw associates consulting engineer 810 3.8 AVENUE SEATTLE WASMINOTON OB10N 1206 )624.7140 PERMIT SET 5.18.06 *4 bq"- EXPIRES: 10/24/2006 DATE 4.17.00 5.18.08 DESCRIPTION ISSUED FOR PERMIT 0&U PM: JOE MAW DRAWN: X— BRACING S3.6 RECEIVED AUG 2 5 2006 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Huish Retail Building 7100 Fun Center Way Tukwila, WA. 98188 Enclosure around existing sewer lift station. Block and stucco color to match the building. 7300 FUN CENTER WA` TUKWILA, WA 951SE (42 5) 225-730 FAX (425) 22 -7400 www centencom 6 <k ;) Fair an d Honest Dealings Clean Wholesome Entertainment pl y for Guests ancl Em Growth __-,- nvement anti